Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

a very spiritual man

  • 1 spiritual

    spiritual ['spɪrɪtʃʊəl]
    a very spiritual man un homme d'une grande spiritualité;
    a spiritual heir un successeur spirituel;
    China is her spiritual home elle se sent chez elle en Chine;
    his spiritual home is probably 18th century Holland c'est probablement dans la Hollande du XVIIIème siècle qu'il se sentirait le plus à l'aise
    (b) (religious, sacred) religieux, sacré
    2 noun
    (song) (negro) spiritual m
    ►► spiritual adviser conseiller(ère) m,f spirituel(elle);
    spiritual life vie f spirituelle

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > spiritual

  • 2 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 3 गुणः _guṇḥ

    गुणः [गुण्-अच्]
    1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42.
    -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence.
    -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15.
    -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7.
    -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit').
    -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54.
    -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57.
    -8 A sinew.
    -9 A quali- ty, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22.
    -1 A quality, characte- ristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24).
    -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three proper- ties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27.
    -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221.
    -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5.
    -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1.
    -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4.
    -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16.
    -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence.
    -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्.
    -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says: माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6.
    -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as in- stances to illustrate these meanings.
    -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedi- ents to be used by a king in foreign politics are six:-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21.
    -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities).
    -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.).
    -24 An organ of sense.
    -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233.
    -26 A cook.
    -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas.
    -28 Leaving, abandonment.
    -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.)
    -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind.
    -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utter- ance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven.
    -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27.
    -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44.
    -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (
    -तः) the Supreme Being.
    -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened.
    -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22.
    -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11.
    -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities.
    -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6.
    -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent.
    -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction.
    -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5.
    -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. rich in virtues.
    -आत्मन् a. having qualities.
    -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person.
    -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent.
    -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain.
    -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities.
    -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium.
    -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73.
    -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12.
    -ओघः, -घम् su- perior or abundant merits.
    -कथनम् extolling, praising.
    -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid.
    -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 an unessential or secondary action.
    -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्.
    ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute.
    -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1.
    -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24.
    -कार a. productive of good qualities, profit- able, salutary.
    (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares side- dishes or any secondary articles of food.
    -2 an epithet of Bhīma.
    -3 (in math.) the multiplier.
    -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling.
    -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15.
    -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11.
    -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise.
    -गृध्नु a.
    1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2.
    -2 possessing enviable or good qualities.
    -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5.
    -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi.
    -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits.
    -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9.
    -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13.
    -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent proper- ties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life.
    -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67.
    -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities.
    -निधिः a store of virtues.
    -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords.
    -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64.
    -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23.
    -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1.
    -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14.
    -महत् a superior quality.
    -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84.
    -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51.
    -राशिः an epithet of Śiva
    -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property.
    -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent.
    -लुब्ध a.
    1 desirous of merits.
    -2 attached to merits.
    -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः.
    -वादः 1 pointing out good merits.
    -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as: गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.).
    -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhu- sūdana.
    -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit.
    -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36.
    -षः a different property.
    -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened.
    -वृत्तिः f.
    1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति).
    -2 the character or style of merits.
    -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296.
    -शब्दः an adjective.
    -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19.
    -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits.
    -2 attach- ment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures.
    -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26.
    -संपद् f. ex- cellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24.
    -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man.
    -2 an epithet of Brahmā.
    -हीन a.
    1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89.
    -2 poor (as food).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुणः _guṇḥ

  • 4 negro

    adj.
    1 black, jet, black-colored, ebony.
    2 bleak.
    m.
    1 black, black colour, black color.
    2 black man, Black, nigger, Negro.
    * * *
    1 (gen) black
    2 (oscuro) dark
    3 (bronceado) brown, tanned, suntanned
    4 (poco favorable) awful, terrible
    5 (cine, novela) detective
    6 (tabaco) black
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (hombre) black (man); (mujer) black (woman)
    1 (color) black
    2 (escritor) ghostwriter
    3 (tabaco) black tobacco
    \
    estar negro,-a familiar (enfadado) to be cross 2 (bronceado) to be really brown, be really tanned
    negro,-a como la boca de lobo pitch-black
    negro,-a como un tizón as black as coal
    pasarlas negras familiar to have a rough time of it
    poner negro,-a a alguien to drive somebody up the wall
    ponerse negro,-a (persona) to get angry, get mad 2 (ambiente, situación) to look bad
    tenerla negra familiar to be unlucky
    trabajar como un negro to work like a dog, work like a slave
    verlo todo negro to be very pessimistic
    verse negro,-a para hacer algo to have a tough time doing something
    vérselas negras familiar to have a tough time
    ————————
    1 (color) black
    2 (escritor) ghostwriter
    3 (tabaco) black tobacco
    * * *
    1. (f. - negra)
    noun
    2. (f. - negra)
    adj.
    2) disastrous, awful
    * * *
    negro, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) [color, pelo] black; [ojos, tabaco] dark; [raza] black, Negro
    2) (=moreno) [piel] dark, swarthy; [por el sol] tanned, brown

    ponerse negro — to go brown, tan

    3) (=sucio) filthy, black
    4) [estado de ánimo, humor] black, gloomy; [suerte] terrible, atrocious

    la cosa se pone negra — it's not going well, it looks bad

    lo ve todo negro — he always sees the negative side of things, he's terribly pessimistic about everything

    - verse negro
    - vérselas negras
    5) * (=enfadado) cross, peeved *

    poner negro a algn — to make sb cross, upset sb

    ponerse negro — to get cross, cut up rough

    6) (=ilegal) black
    7) (Pol) fascist
    2. SM
    1) (=color) black

    en negro — (Fot) in black and white

    2) Caribe (=café) black coffee
    3. SM / F
    1) (=persona) black, coloured person , Negro

    ¡no somos negros! — we won't stand for it!, you can't do that to us!

    2) * (=escritor) ghostwriter
    3)

    mi negro And, Cono Sur * (=cariño) darling, honey

    negra
    * * *
    I
    - gra adjetivo
    1)
    a) <pelo/ropa> black; < ojos> dark

    negro como el carbón or un tizón — as black as coal o soot

    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned
    c) ( sombrío) black, gloomy

    pasarlas negras — (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)

    vérselas negras — (fam)

    2) <hombre/raza/piel> black
    II
    masculino ( color) black
    III
    - gra masculino, femenino ( de raza negra) black person
    * * *
    I
    - gra adjetivo
    1)
    a) <pelo/ropa> black; < ojos> dark

    negro como el carbón or un tizón — as black as coal o soot

    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned
    c) ( sombrío) black, gloomy

    pasarlas negras — (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)

    vérselas negras — (fam)

    2) <hombre/raza/piel> black
    II
    masculino ( color) black
    III
    - gra masculino, femenino ( de raza negra) black person
    * * *
    negro1
    1 = black, negro [negroes, -pl.], nigger, hack, ghost writer, black man, coloured man.

    Ex: Only blacks had both a social and a moral condition; only women had both a history and a condition.

    Ex: Why do only Catholics, Jews, Negroes, and women transcend their particular nationality?.
    Ex: KAFIRS, which LC recently changed, is the equivalent of niggers.
    Ex: Such commissioning of books of this sort does not in any way imply that the author is working as a hack.
    Ex: Thus the sportsman who cannot express himself well in writing can still put over ideas for his ghost writer to transcribe.
    Ex: But he will soon discover that even then all the accidents of birth, upbringing, education, and social history will prevent his truly knowing the very thing he wants to know -- how can a white man experience directly what it means to be a black man.
    Ex: He looked up and saw two figures cutting across the field, a colored man and woman, each carrying a bottle.
    * autobiografía escrita por un negro = ghosted autobiography.
    * escribir como negro = ghosting.
    * escribir en calidad de negro = ghost.
    * escrito por un negro = ghosted, ghost-written.
    * hombre negro = black man, coloured man.
    * inglés hablado por los negros = Ebonics.
    * persona de raza negra = black.

    negro2
    2 = black [blacker -comp., blackest -sup.].

    Ex: Thoughts of this sort kept running about like clockwork mice in his head, while the murmur of chatter filled the room and outside dusk had yielded to black night.

    * aguas negras = waste water [wastewater], sewage, sewerage.
    * bestia negra = bête noire.
    * blanco y negro = black & white.
    * caja negra = flight recorder.
    * caja negra, la = black box, the.
    * comedia de humor negro = black comedy.
    * de pelo negro = dark-haired.
    * dinero negro = undeclared income, grey money [gray money], black money.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * espino negro = blackthorn, blackthorn tree.
    * espiritual negro = spiritual.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hielo negro = black ice.
    * lengua negra = hairy tongue.
    * lingua negra = lingua negra.
    * mano negra = schemer.
    * marea negra = oil slick.
    * Mar Negro = Black Sea.
    * martes negro = Black Tuesday.
    * mercado negro = black market.
    * minoría negra = black minority.
    * mosca negra = black fly.
    * muñeco negro de trapo = golly, gollywog.
    * música espiritual negra = gospel music.
    * negro como boca de lobo = pitch-black.
    * negro como el azabache = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro como el carbón = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro como el tizón = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro de humo = lampblack.
    * negro rojizo = reddish black.
    * negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.
    * novela negra = crime fiction, crime novel.
    * oso negro = black bear.
    * oso negro americano = black bear.
    * oveja negra de la familia, la = black sheep of the family, the.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * peste negra, la = Black Death, the.
    * punto negro = blackhead.
    * ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.
    * vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.
    * verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

    * * *
    A
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹color/pelo/ropa› black; ‹ojos› dark
    mira qué negro está el cielo look how dark o black the sky is
    tienes las manos negras your hands are black o filthy
    poner negro a algn ( fam); to drive sb crazy o up the wall ( colloq)
    2 ( fam) (por el sol) tanned, brown ( BrE)
    se pone negra enseguida she tans o ( BrE) goes brown very quickly
    3 (sombrío) black, gloomy, bleak
    lo ve todo tan negro she's always so pessimistic, she always takes such a gloomy view of things
    pasarlas negras ( fam); to have a rough o tough time of it ( colloq)
    se las vio negras para terminarlo he had a tough time finishing it ( colloq)
    B ‹hombre/raza/piel› black
    la población negra the black population
    Compuesto:
    A masculine jet black
    B adj inv jet-black
    masculine, feminine
    A (de raza negra) black person trabajar vi B. (↑ trabajar)
    B ( period) (escritor) ghost writer
    * * *

     

    negro 1
    ◊ - gra adjetivo

    a)pelo/hombre/raza black;

    ojos dark
    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned



    pasarlas negras (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( persona de raza negra) black person
    negro 2 sustantivo masculino ( color) black
    negro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 black
    (bronceado) suntanned
    pan negro, brown bread
    (oscuro) estaba negro como boca de lobo, it was pitch-black
    2 (muy sucio) filthy, black
    3 (suerte, situación) awful
    un día negro, a black day
    (lóbrego, triste) gloomy
    4 (furioso) furious: ese ruido me pone negra, that noise drives me up the wall
    5 (raza, música) black
    6 (no legalizado) mercado negro, black market
    II m,f (hombre) black man
    (mujer) black woman
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (color) black
    siempre viste de negro, she always dresses in black
    2 (tabaco) black tobacco
    3 (escritor anónimo) ghostwriter
    IV sustantivo femenino
    1 Mús crotchet, US quarter note
    2 (mala suerte) la negra, bad luck
    ♦ Locuciones: tener la negra, to be very unlucky: últimamente mi hermana tiene la negra, my sister's been having a run of bad luck recently
    vérselas negras para hacer algo, to have a tough time doing sthg
    ' negro' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    agujero
    - cielo
    - decidirse
    - dinero
    - fanática
    - fanático
    - fotografía
    - ir
    - garbanzo
    - humor
    - incondicional
    - mercado
    - negra
    - pantalla
    - pozo
    - tabaco
    - tizón
    - vestirse
    - azabache
    - blanco
    - café
    - carbón
    - chocolate
    - cinturón
    - ennegrecer
    - espiritual
    - frijol
    - manía
    - oro
    - televisión
    English:
    black
    - black hole
    - blackhead
    - buckwheat
    - cesspit
    - dappled
    - dark
    - dismal
    - fill out
    - ghostwriter
    - haul
    - intersperse
    - jet black
    - launder
    - laundering
    - monochrome
    - negro
    - nigger
    - normally
    - obtainable
    - off-day
    - or
    - pitch-black
    - pitch-dark
    - questionnaire
    - sick
    - the
    - turn
    - brown
    - change
    - coffee
    - ebony
    - edge
    - in
    - jet
    - Negro
    - slave
    - spiritual
    * * *
    negro, -a
    adj
    1. [color] black;
    estos pantalones están negros these Br trousers o US pants are filthy o absolutely black;
    negro como el carbón as black as coal
    2. [bronceado] tanned;
    estar negro to have a deep tan
    3. [pan] brown
    4. [tabaco] black, dark
    5. [raza] black
    6. [suerte] awful, rotten;
    [porvenir] black, gloomy;
    llevo una tarde negra I'm having a terrible afternoon;
    ver(lo) todo negro to be pessimistic;
    pasarlas negras to have a hard time
    7. Fam [furioso] furious, fuming;
    me pone negro que nunca me avisen de nada it makes me mad that they never tell me anything
    8. [ilegal] [trabajo] illegal, in the black economy;
    [mercado] black; [dinero] dirty;
    en negro [trabajo, dinero] undeclared;
    [trabajar, cobrar] illegally, on the black economy
    9. Cine
    cine negro film noir
    nm,f
    1. [de raza negra] black man, f black woman;
    trabajar como un negro to work like a slave
    2. Fam [escritor] ghost writer
    nm
    1. [color] black;
    el negro es mi color favorito black is my favourite colour
    2. [tabaco] black o dark tobacco
    3. Ven Fam [café] black coffee
    * * *
    I adj black;
    estar negro fam be furious;
    poner negro a alguien fam make s.o. furious, make s.o. see red;
    verse negro para hacer algo fam have one’s work cut out to do sth;
    las he pasado negras I’ve had a rough time
    II m
    1 black man;
    trabajar como un negro fam work one’s butt off fam
    2 L.Am. ( querido) honey, dear
    * * *
    negro, - gra adj
    1) : black, dark
    2) bronceado: suntanned
    3) : gloomy, awful, desperate
    la cosa se está poniendo negra: things are looking bad
    4)
    mercado negro : black market
    negro, - gra n
    1) : dark-skinned person, black person
    2) fam : darling, dear
    negro nm
    : black (color)
    * * *
    negro1 adj black
    negro2 n
    1. (color) black
    2. (persona) black man [pl. men] / black woman [pl. women]

    Spanish-English dictionary > negro

  • 5 vida

    f.
    1 life (existencia).
    en vida de during the life o lifetime of
    estar con vida to be alive
    perder la vida to lose one's life
    quitar la vida a alguien to kill somebody
    ¿qué es de tu vida? how's life?
    vida amorosa love life
    vida campestre country life
    la vida estudiantil student life
    vida eterna eternal life
    vida de familia family life
    vida laboral working life
    vida matrimonial married life
    vida privada private life
    vida sana clean living
    vida sentimental love life
    vida sexual sex life
    vida social social life
    vida útil shelf life
    2 life span, life span of person, duration.
    3 livelihood, subsistence.
    4 cost of living.
    5 Vida.
    * * *
    1 (gen) life
    2 (viveza) liveliness
    3 (tiempo) lifetime, life
    4 (modo de vivir) life, way of life
    5 (medios) living, livelihood
    \
    amargarle la vida a alguien to make somebody's life a misery
    ¡así es la vida! such is life!, that's life!
    cambiar de vida to change one's life style
    como si le fuera la vida en ello as if his life depended on it
    costarle algo la vida a alguien to pay with one's life
    dar la vida por to give one's life for, give one's right arm for
    dar vida a (parir) to give birth to 2 (realizar) to bring to life
    darse la gran vida / pegarse la gran vida / darse la vida padre familiar to live it up
    debatirse entre la vida y la muerte to fight for one's life
    de por vida for life
    de toda la vida lifelong
    echarse a la vida familiar to go on the game, become a prostitute
    en la flor de la vida in the prime of life
    en mi (tu, su, etc) vida never in my (your, his, etc) life
    en vida de during the life of
    escapar con vida / salir con vida to come out alive, survive
    estar con vida / estar sin vida to be alive / be dead
    ¡esto es vida! / ¡esto sí que es vida! this is the life!
    ganarse la vida to earn one's living
    hacerle la vida imposible a alguien to make life impossible for somebody
    llevar una vida agitada / llevar una vida tranquila to lead a busy life / lead a quiet life
    pagar alguien con su vida to pay with one's life
    ¿qué es de tu vida? how are things?
    quitarle la vida a alguien to take somebody's life
    ¡vida mía! / ¡mi vida! my love!, darling!
    la otra vida the next life
    señales de vida signs of life
    vida de perros dog's life
    vida familiar family life
    vida íntima private life
    vida sentimental love life
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) life
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=existencia) life

    está escribiendo la vida de Quevedohe is writing the life o a life o a biography of Quevedo

    ¿qué es de tu vida? — what's new?, how's life?

    con vida — alive

    escapar o salir con vida — to escape o come out alive

    en vida de, en vida de mi marido — when my husband was alive, during my husband's lifetime

    ¡en la o mi vida! — never (in all my life)!

    vida o muerte, una operación a vida o muerte — a life-or-death operation

    la otra vida — the next life

    perder la vida — to lose one's life

    de por vida — for life

    quitar la vida a algn — to take sb's life

    quitarse la vida — to take one's own life

    rehacer la vida — to start a new life

    sin vida — lifeless

    un cuerpo sin vida — a (dead) body, a corpse

    toda la vida, un amigo de toda la vida — a lifelong friend

    esperanza
    2) (=forma de vivir) life

    la vida airada(=modo de vida) the criminal life; (=hampa) the underworld

    de vida airada — loose-living, immoral

    mujer de vida alegreloose woman

    la vida cotidianaeveryday life

    doble vida — double life

    llevar una doble vidato lead o live a double life

    hacer vida marital — to live together (as man and wife)

    mala vida, echarse a la mala vida — to go astray

    vida de perros, vida perra — dog's life, wretched life

    3) (=sustento)

    coste de la vida — cost of living

    ganarse la vida — to earn o make one's living

    se gana la vida haciendo traduccioneshe earns o makes his living doing translations

    nivel de vida — standard of living

    buscar 3.
    4) [de objeto]

    vida útil — (Com) lifespan; (Téc) useful life

    5)
    - ¡por vida del chápiro verde!

    contar la vida —

    ¡no me cuentes tu vida! — I don't want your life story!

    costarle la vida a algn —

    dar vida a algn —

    - hacer por la vida

    pasarse la vida —

    pasar la vida a tragos*to have a miserable life

    - tener siete vidas como los gatos
    vivir 2., 1)
    6) (=vitalidad)

    lleno de vida[ojos] lively; [persona] full of life

    dar vida a, la música le da vida a estas imágenes — the music brings these images to life

    ¡vida!, ¡vida mía! — my love!, my darling!

    8) euf
    (=prostitución)
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Biol) life

    140 personas perdieron la vida — (period) 140 people lost their lives (journ)

    eso le costó la vida — (period) that cost him his life

    dieron la vida por la patriathey gave o sacrificed their lives for their country

    b) (viveza, vitalidad) life

    le falta vida — it's/she's/he's not very lively

    en la/mi vida: en la or en mi vida he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it in my life!; en la or mi vida haría una cosa así! I'd never dream of doing something like that!; hacerle la vida imposible a alguien to make somebody's life impossible; tener siete vidas — to have nine lives

    3)
    a) (manera de vivir, actividades) life

    ¿qué es de tu vida? — what have you been up to?

    hace or vive su vida — he gets on with o lives his own life

    (así) es la vida! — that's life, such is life

    estar/quedar loco de la vida — (CS fam) to be over the moon (colloq)

    la vida y milagros de alguien — (CS fam) somebody's life story

    pasar a mejor vida — (hum) persona to kick the bucket (colloq); traje/botas to bite the dust (colloq)

    c) ( biografía) life

    buscarse la vida — (fam) to make a living

    5) ( como apelativo) darling
    * * *
    = life [lives, -pl.], life story, lifeblood, lifetime [life time], living, life's work, lifework, life and limb.
    Ex. We are comfortable with the things we know and can do because they give us a sense of control over our lives.
    Ex. This study attempts to illustrate and illuminate the life story of a remarkable pioneering woman, Tryn Ras, using pictorial sources.
    Ex. Since libraries are the lifeblood of research, it seems only fitting then that the education of librarians should include familiarity with research methodology.
    Ex. Bibliography and Library science reflect the changes that took place in Bliss's lifetime.
    Ex. They seem to regard literature as a secondary experience, more akin to being a peeping Tom, an impotent voyeur, rather than being one of the healthy, active people who get on with real living.
    Ex. Evelyn Bliss devoted his life's work to the study of classification and BC is the results of his efforts.
    Ex. This is an eloquent, moving testament to the lifework of a major artist of unimpeachable technique and passion.
    Ex. This is a special issue devoted partly to the theme: Life and limb: issues of security and safety.
    ----
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * acortar + Posesivo + vida = cut + Posesivo + life short.
    * actitud ante la vida = approach to life.
    * a favor de la vida humana = pro-life.
    * agotar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.
    * ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.
    * alargar la vida = prolong + life, prolong + longevity.
    * alegrar la vida a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + life.
    * al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * amante de la vida al aire libre = outdoor enthusiast.
    * apostarse la vida = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.
    * aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.
    * arreglar + Posesivo + vida = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.
    * arriesgar la vida = risk + life and limb, play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life.
    * arriesgar + Posesivo + vida = put + Posesivo + life on the line.
    * aspectos de la vida = sphere of life.
    * atentar contra la vida de Alguien = attempt on + Posesivo + life.
    * atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.
    * aunque me fuera la vida ene ello = for the life of me.
    * autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.
    * buena vida = good life.
    * calidad de vida = quality of life.
    * cambiar la vida = change + life.
    * cambiar + Posesivo + vida = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * ciencias de la vida = biosciences.
    * ciencias de la vida, las = life sciences, the.
    * ciencias sobre la vida en el espacio = space life sciences.
    * circunstancias de la vida = accident of birth.
    * cobrarse la vida de Alguien = claim + life.
    * cobrarse muchas vidas = take + a heavy toll of life.
    * cobrar vida = come + alive, come to + life.
    * comenzar una nueva vida = make + a new life for + Reflexivo.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * compañero de vida = lifemate.
    * compañía aseguradora de vida = life-insurance company.
    * compañía de seguros de vida = life-insurance company.
    * complicarse la vida = ask for + trouble.
    * condicionar la vida = condition + life.
    * condiciones de vida = living conditions.
    * conocer vida = see + the world.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * costar la vida = cost + life.
    * coste de la vida = cost of living.
    * coste de vidas humanas = human cost.
    * crearse una vida = build + life.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * cuestión de vida o muerte = life or death issue.
    * culto a la vida = cult of life.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar vida = imbue with + life, animate, bring to + life.
    * dar vida a = jazz up, brighten up, give + life to.
    * dar vida a Algo = bring + Nombre + to life.
    * dedicar la vida a = devote + life to.
    * dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.
    * defensor de la vida humana = pro-lifer.
    * de la vida real = real-life.
    * de por vida = lifelong [life-long], lifetime [life-time].
    * derecho a la vida = right to live.
    * desquiciar + Posesivo + vida = turn + Posesivo + life upside down.
    * de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * de vida enclaustrada = cloistered.
    * de vida o muerte = lifesaving, life threatening.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * devolver la vida = bring + Nombre + back to life.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * diversidad de la vida = biodiversity, diversity of life, life-form diversity.
    * durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.
    * durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.
    * encarcelar de por vida = jail for + life.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * enfrentarse a la vida = cope with + life, face + life, cope.
    * en la vida real = in real life.
    * en los primeros años de vida = early in life.
    * en + Posesivo + vida = in + Posesivo + time.
    * enriquecer la vida de Alguien = enrich + Posesivo + life.
    * entregar + Posesivo + vida, = give + Posesivo + all.
    * equipo de mantenimiento artificial de la vida = life-support system.
    * esperanza de vida = life expectancy, lifespan [life span].
    * estilo de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style], style of life, way of life.
    * estilo de vida alternativo = alternative life-style.
    * etapa de la vida = life stage.
    * expectativas de vida = life expectancy.
    * experiencia de la vida = experience of life.
    * facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * filosofía de vida = philosophy of life.
    * forma de vida = way of life.
    * ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.
    * ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * habilidades necesarias para la vida cotidiana = life skills.
    * hábitos de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style].
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacer que la vida sea un infierno = make + life hell.
    * hacerse un hueco en la vida = get on in + life.
    * hacer vida social = socialise [socialize, -USA].
    * historia de vida = life history.
    * índice del coste de (la) vida = cost of living index.
    * índice del costo de (la) vida = cost of living index.
    * infundir nueva vida a = breathe + (new) life into.
    * inmiscuirse en la vida de Alguien = intrude on + Posesivo + privacy.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * ley de vida = fact of life, laws of nature.
    * lienzo de la vida, el = canvas of life, the.
    * línea de vida = lifeline.
    * lisiado de por vida = lamed for life.
    * lisiar a Alguien de por vida = lame + Nombre + for life.
    * llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * lleno de vida = vibrant, feisty [feistier -comp., feistiest -sup.], spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], spirited, teeming with life, vivacious, ebullient, saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].
    * llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.
    * llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.
    * llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.
    * mantener la vida = sustain + life.
    * mantenimiento artificial de la vida = life support.
    * mejorar la calidad de vida = improve + living standards, raise + living standards.
    * mejorar + Posesivo + calidad de vida = raise + Posesivo + quality of living.
    * mejorar + Posesivo + vida = improve + Posesivo + life.
    * meterse en la vida de Alguien = intrude on + Posesivo + privacy.
    * mientras hay vida hay esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * modo de vida = way of life.
    * modo de vida tradicional = folklife.
    * muerto en vida = living dead.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nivel de vida = standard of living, living standard.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * nueva vida = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * oportunidad única en la vida = chance of a lifetime.
    * otra vida, la = afterlife [after-life].
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * perder la vida = lose + Posesivo + life.
    * pérdida de vidas = loss of life, toll on life.
    * perdonar la vida = spare + life.
    * permanecer con vida = stay + alive.
    * pletórico de vida = teeming with life.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * posteriormente en + Posesivo + vida = in later life.
    * problemas de la vida = life problems [life-problems].
    * prolongar la vida = prolong + life, prolong + longevity.
    * prolongar la vida útil = extend + the useful life, prolong + useful life, increase + useful life.
    * que cambia la vida = life-changing, life-altering.
    * que da vida = life-giving.
    * que mejora la calidad de vida = life-enhancing.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * quitarse la vida = take + Posesivo + (own) life.
    * rebosante de vida y energía = all bright-eyed and bushy-tailed.
    * reconstruir + Posesivo + vida = rebuild + Posesivo + life.
    * reformar + Posesivo + vida = reform + Posesivo + life.
    * régimen de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style].
    * rehacer + Posesivo + vida = rebuild + Posesivo + life.
    * salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.
    * salvar la vida = save + life.
    * salvar la vida de milagro = have + a close shave with death.
    * secreto de la vida, el = secret of life, the.
    * seguir con + Posesivo + vida normal = get on with + Posesivo + life.
    * seguro de vida = life insurance.
    * seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.
    * seguro de vida vitalicio = whole life insurance.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * ser todo vida = be all life.
    * situaciones de la vida = life situations [life-situations].
    * soplo de vida = kiss of life.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener una vida larga y próspera = live + long and prosper.
    * toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.
    * toda una vida = a lifetime.
    * toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.
    * toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.
    * trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.
    * triunfar en la vida = succeed in + life.
    * truncar + Posesivo + vida = snip + Posesivo + life short, cut + Posesivo + life short.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una vez en la vida = once in a lifetime.
    * una vez en + Posesivo + vida = once in + Posesivo + lifetime.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * vida acuática = aquatic life.
    * vida afectiva = love life.
    * vida amorosa = love life.
    * vida animal = animal life.
    * vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.
    * vida + cambiar por completo = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * vida cívica = civic life.
    * vida civil = civic life.
    * vida como trabajador = working life.
    * vida corporativa = corporate life.
    * vida cotidiana = daily life, everyday living, daily living.
    * vida cotidiana, la = day to day life, the, everyday life.
    * vida cultural = cultural life.
    * vida + dar un giro de 180 grados = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * vida + dar un vuelco = turn + Posesivo + life upside down.
    * vida de archivo = archival life.
    * vida de, la = life nerve of, the.
    * vida de la ciudad = urban life, city life.
    * vida de la comunidad = community life.
    * vida del mundo literario = literary life.
    * vida de perros = a dog's life.
    * vida desenfrenada = life in the fast lane.
    * vida desequilibrada = unbalanced life, imbalanced life.
    * vida después de la muerte = afterlife [after-life].
    * vida diaria = daily life.
    * vida diaria, la = everyday life.
    * vida dilatada = long life.
    * vida disoluta = life in the fast lane, loose life.
    * vida doméstica = domestic life, home life.
    * vida emocional = emotional life.
    * vida en el campo = rural life.
    * vida en el entorno familiar = family life.
    * vida en el hogar = home life.
    * vida en el trabajo = job life.
    * vida entera, la = whole lifelong, whole life.
    * vida equilibrada = balanced life.
    * vida espiritual = spiritual life.
    * vida + expirar = life + expire.
    * vida extraterrestre = alien life.
    * vida fácil = fast living.
    * vida familiar = family life.
    * vida futura = future life.
    * vida humana = human life.
    * vida laboral = working life.
    * vida literaria = literary life.
    * vida marítima = seafaring.
    * vida media = half-life.
    * vida mejor = better life.
    * vida moderna, la = modern life.
    * vida nocturna = nightlife, night life.
    * vida or muerte = life or death.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * vida + pender + de un hilo = live on + the line.
    * vida personal = personal life.
    * vida privada = private life.
    * vida profesional = professional life.
    * vida pública = public life.
    * vida real = real life.
    * vida rural = rural life.
    * vida salvaje = wildlife.
    * vida sana = healthy life.
    * vida sentimental = love life.
    * vida sexual = sex life.
    * vida social = social life.
    * vida urbana = city life, urban life.
    * vida útil = lifetime [life time], life expectancy, lifespan [life span], useful life, shelf life, service life.
    * vida útil de un documento = shelf life.
    * vida vegetal = plant life.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.
    * volver a la vida normal = get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * vuelta a la vida = resuscitation, resurrection.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Biol) life

    140 personas perdieron la vida — (period) 140 people lost their lives (journ)

    eso le costó la vida — (period) that cost him his life

    dieron la vida por la patriathey gave o sacrificed their lives for their country

    b) (viveza, vitalidad) life

    le falta vida — it's/she's/he's not very lively

    en la/mi vida: en la or en mi vida he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it in my life!; en la or mi vida haría una cosa así! I'd never dream of doing something like that!; hacerle la vida imposible a alguien to make somebody's life impossible; tener siete vidas — to have nine lives

    3)
    a) (manera de vivir, actividades) life

    ¿qué es de tu vida? — what have you been up to?

    hace or vive su vida — he gets on with o lives his own life

    (así) es la vida! — that's life, such is life

    estar/quedar loco de la vida — (CS fam) to be over the moon (colloq)

    la vida y milagros de alguien — (CS fam) somebody's life story

    pasar a mejor vida — (hum) persona to kick the bucket (colloq); traje/botas to bite the dust (colloq)

    c) ( biografía) life

    buscarse la vida — (fam) to make a living

    5) ( como apelativo) darling
    * * *
    = life [lives, -pl.], life story, lifeblood, lifetime [life time], living, life's work, lifework, life and limb.

    Ex: We are comfortable with the things we know and can do because they give us a sense of control over our lives.

    Ex: This study attempts to illustrate and illuminate the life story of a remarkable pioneering woman, Tryn Ras, using pictorial sources.
    Ex: Since libraries are the lifeblood of research, it seems only fitting then that the education of librarians should include familiarity with research methodology.
    Ex: Bibliography and Library science reflect the changes that took place in Bliss's lifetime.
    Ex: They seem to regard literature as a secondary experience, more akin to being a peeping Tom, an impotent voyeur, rather than being one of the healthy, active people who get on with real living.
    Ex: Evelyn Bliss devoted his life's work to the study of classification and BC is the results of his efforts.
    Ex: This is an eloquent, moving testament to the lifework of a major artist of unimpeachable technique and passion.
    Ex: This is a special issue devoted partly to the theme: Life and limb: issues of security and safety.
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * acortar + Posesivo + vida = cut + Posesivo + life short.
    * actitud ante la vida = approach to life.
    * a favor de la vida humana = pro-life.
    * agotar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.
    * ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.
    * alargar la vida = prolong + life, prolong + longevity.
    * alegrar la vida a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + life.
    * al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * amante de la vida al aire libre = outdoor enthusiast.
    * apostarse la vida = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.
    * aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.
    * arreglar + Posesivo + vida = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.
    * arriesgar la vida = risk + life and limb, play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life.
    * arriesgar + Posesivo + vida = put + Posesivo + life on the line.
    * aspectos de la vida = sphere of life.
    * atentar contra la vida de Alguien = attempt on + Posesivo + life.
    * atraído por la promesa de una vida mejor = drawn by the promise of a better life.
    * aunque me fuera la vida ene ello = for the life of me.
    * autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.
    * buena vida = good life.
    * calidad de vida = quality of life.
    * cambiar la vida = change + life.
    * cambiar + Posesivo + vida = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * ciencias de la vida = biosciences.
    * ciencias de la vida, las = life sciences, the.
    * ciencias sobre la vida en el espacio = space life sciences.
    * circunstancias de la vida = accident of birth.
    * cobrarse la vida de Alguien = claim + life.
    * cobrarse muchas vidas = take + a heavy toll of life.
    * cobrar vida = come + alive, come to + life.
    * comenzar una nueva vida = make + a new life for + Reflexivo.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * compañero de vida = lifemate.
    * compañía aseguradora de vida = life-insurance company.
    * compañía de seguros de vida = life-insurance company.
    * complicarse la vida = ask for + trouble.
    * condicionar la vida = condition + life.
    * condiciones de vida = living conditions.
    * conocer vida = see + the world.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * costar la vida = cost + life.
    * coste de la vida = cost of living.
    * coste de vidas humanas = human cost.
    * crearse una vida = build + life.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * cuestión de vida o muerte = life or death issue.
    * culto a la vida = cult of life.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar vida = imbue with + life, animate, bring to + life.
    * dar vida a = jazz up, brighten up, give + life to.
    * dar vida a Algo = bring + Nombre + to life.
    * dedicar la vida a = devote + life to.
    * dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.
    * defensor de la vida humana = pro-lifer.
    * de la vida real = real-life.
    * de por vida = lifelong [life-long], lifetime [life-time].
    * derecho a la vida = right to live.
    * desquiciar + Posesivo + vida = turn + Posesivo + life upside down.
    * de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * de vida enclaustrada = cloistered.
    * de vida o muerte = lifesaving, life threatening.
    * devolver el sentido a la vida = put + meaning + back in + Posesivo + life.
    * devolver la vida = bring + Nombre + back to life.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * diversidad de la vida = biodiversity, diversity of life, life-form diversity.
    * durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.
    * durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.
    * encarcelar de por vida = jail for + life.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * enfrentarse a la vida = cope with + life, face + life, cope.
    * en la vida real = in real life.
    * en los primeros años de vida = early in life.
    * en + Posesivo + vida = in + Posesivo + time.
    * enriquecer la vida de Alguien = enrich + Posesivo + life.
    * entregar + Posesivo + vida, = give + Posesivo + all.
    * equipo de mantenimiento artificial de la vida = life-support system.
    * esperanza de vida = life expectancy, lifespan [life span].
    * estilo de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style], style of life, way of life.
    * estilo de vida alternativo = alternative life-style.
    * etapa de la vida = life stage.
    * expectativas de vida = life expectancy.
    * experiencia de la vida = experience of life.
    * facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * filosofía de vida = philosophy of life.
    * forma de vida = way of life.
    * ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.
    * ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * habilidades necesarias para la vida cotidiana = life skills.
    * hábitos de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style].
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacer que la vida sea un infierno = make + life hell.
    * hacerse un hueco en la vida = get on in + life.
    * hacer vida social = socialise [socialize, -USA].
    * historia de vida = life history.
    * índice del coste de (la) vida = cost of living index.
    * índice del costo de (la) vida = cost of living index.
    * infundir nueva vida a = breathe + (new) life into.
    * inmiscuirse en la vida de Alguien = intrude on + Posesivo + privacy.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * ley de vida = fact of life, laws of nature.
    * lienzo de la vida, el = canvas of life, the.
    * línea de vida = lifeline.
    * lisiado de por vida = lamed for life.
    * lisiar a Alguien de por vida = lame + Nombre + for life.
    * llegar al final de su vida útil = come to + the end of + Posesivo + useful life, reach + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * lleno de vida = vibrant, feisty [feistier -comp., feistiest -sup.], spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], spirited, teeming with life, vivacious, ebullient, saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].
    * llevar una vida + Ajetivo = lead + an + Adjetivo + existence.
    * llevar una vida arriesgada = live + dangerously, live + dangerously close to the edge.
    * llevar una vida de perros = lead + a dog's life.
    * llevar una vida miserable = live + wretched existence.
    * mantener la vida = sustain + life.
    * mantenimiento artificial de la vida = life support.
    * mejorar la calidad de vida = improve + living standards, raise + living standards.
    * mejorar + Posesivo + calidad de vida = raise + Posesivo + quality of living.
    * mejorar + Posesivo + vida = improve + Posesivo + life.
    * meterse en la vida de Alguien = intrude on + Posesivo + privacy.
    * mientras hay vida hay esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * modo de vida = way of life.
    * modo de vida tradicional = folklife.
    * muerto en vida = living dead.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nivel de vida = standard of living, living standard.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * nueva vida = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * oportunidad única en la vida = chance of a lifetime.
    * otra vida, la = afterlife [after-life].
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * perder la vida = lose + Posesivo + life.
    * pérdida de vidas = loss of life, toll on life.
    * perdonar la vida = spare + life.
    * permanecer con vida = stay + alive.
    * pletórico de vida = teeming with life.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * posteriormente en + Posesivo + vida = in later life.
    * problemas de la vida = life problems [life-problems].
    * prolongar la vida = prolong + life, prolong + longevity.
    * prolongar la vida útil = extend + the useful life, prolong + useful life, increase + useful life.
    * que cambia la vida = life-changing, life-altering.
    * que da vida = life-giving.
    * que mejora la calidad de vida = life-enhancing.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * quitarse la vida = take + Posesivo + (own) life.
    * rebosante de vida y energía = all bright-eyed and bushy-tailed.
    * reconstruir + Posesivo + vida = rebuild + Posesivo + life.
    * reformar + Posesivo + vida = reform + Posesivo + life.
    * régimen de vida = lifestyle [life style/life-style].
    * rehacer + Posesivo + vida = rebuild + Posesivo + life.
    * salir adelante en la vida, = get on in + life.
    * salvar la vida = save + life.
    * salvar la vida de milagro = have + a close shave with death.
    * secreto de la vida, el = secret of life, the.
    * seguir con + Posesivo + vida normal = get on with + Posesivo + life.
    * seguro de vida = life insurance.
    * seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.
    * seguro de vida vitalicio = whole life insurance.
    * sentido de la vida, el = meaning of life, the.
    * sentido de la vida y al muerte, el = meaning of life and death, the.
    * ser todo vida = be all life.
    * situaciones de la vida = life situations [life-situations].
    * soplo de vida = kiss of life.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener una vida larga y próspera = live + long and prosper.
    * toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.
    * toda una vida = a lifetime.
    * toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.
    * toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.
    * trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.
    * triunfar en la vida = succeed in + life.
    * truncar + Posesivo + vida = snip + Posesivo + life short, cut + Posesivo + life short.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una vez en la vida = once in a lifetime.
    * una vez en + Posesivo + vida = once in + Posesivo + lifetime.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * vida acuática = aquatic life.
    * vida afectiva = love life.
    * vida amorosa = love life.
    * vida animal = animal life.
    * vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.
    * vida + cambiar por completo = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * vida cívica = civic life.
    * vida civil = civic life.
    * vida como trabajador = working life.
    * vida corporativa = corporate life.
    * vida cotidiana = daily life, everyday living, daily living.
    * vida cotidiana, la = day to day life, the, everyday life.
    * vida cultural = cultural life.
    * vida + dar un giro de 180 grados = turn + Posesivo + life around.
    * vida + dar un vuelco = turn + Posesivo + life upside down.
    * vida de archivo = archival life.
    * vida de, la = life nerve of, the.
    * vida de la ciudad = urban life, city life.
    * vida de la comunidad = community life.
    * vida del mundo literario = literary life.
    * vida de perros = a dog's life.
    * vida desenfrenada = life in the fast lane.
    * vida desequilibrada = unbalanced life, imbalanced life.
    * vida después de la muerte = afterlife [after-life].
    * vida diaria = daily life.
    * vida diaria, la = everyday life.
    * vida dilatada = long life.
    * vida disoluta = life in the fast lane, loose life.
    * vida doméstica = domestic life, home life.
    * vida emocional = emotional life.
    * vida en el campo = rural life.
    * vida en el entorno familiar = family life.
    * vida en el hogar = home life.
    * vida en el trabajo = job life.
    * vida entera, la = whole lifelong, whole life.
    * vida equilibrada = balanced life.
    * vida espiritual = spiritual life.
    * vida + expirar = life + expire.
    * vida extraterrestre = alien life.
    * vida fácil = fast living.
    * vida familiar = family life.
    * vida futura = future life.
    * vida humana = human life.
    * vida laboral = working life.
    * vida literaria = literary life.
    * vida marítima = seafaring.
    * vida media = half-life.
    * vida mejor = better life.
    * vida moderna, la = modern life.
    * vida nocturna = nightlife, night life.
    * vida or muerte = life or death.
    * vida pasada = previous life.
    * vida + pender + de un hilo = live on + the line.
    * vida personal = personal life.
    * vida privada = private life.
    * vida profesional = professional life.
    * vida pública = public life.
    * vida real = real life.
    * vida rural = rural life.
    * vida salvaje = wildlife.
    * vida sana = healthy life.
    * vida sentimental = love life.
    * vida sexual = sex life.
    * vida social = social life.
    * vida urbana = city life, urban life.
    * vida útil = lifetime [life time], life expectancy, lifespan [life span], useful life, shelf life, service life.
    * vida útil de un documento = shelf life.
    * vida vegetal = plant life.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.
    * volver a la vida normal = get (back) into + the swings of things.
    * vuelta a la vida = resuscitation, resurrection.

    * * *
    A
    1 ( Biol) life
    la vida marina marine life
    a los tres meses de vida at three months (old)
    el derecho a la vida the right to life
    no pudieron salvarle la vida they were unable to save his life
    era una cuestión de vida o muerte it was a matter of life and death
    se debate entre la vida y la muerte she's fighting for her life
    140 personas perdieron la vida en el accidente ( period); 140 people lost their lives in the accident ( journ)
    quitarse la vida to take one's (own) life ( frml)
    el accidente que le costó la vida ( period); the accident that cost him his life
    jugarse la vida to risk one's life
    se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello he behaved as if his life depended on it
    sólo tres personas lograron salir con vida only three people escaped alive, there were only three survivors
    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río ( period); his body was found by the river
    el cuerpo sin vida de su amada ( liter); the lifeless body of his beloved ( liter)
    dieron la vida por la patria they gave o sacrificed their lives for their country
    la mujer que te dio la vida the woman who brought you into this world
    el actor que da vida al personaje de Napoleón the actor who plays o portrays Napoleon
    con la vida en un hilo or pendiente de un hilo: estuvo un mes entero con la vida en un hilo his life hung by a thread for a whole month
    real como la vida misma true, true-life
    es una historia real como la vida misma it's a true o true-life story
    mientras hay vida hay esperanza where there is life there is hope
    2 (viveza, vitalidad) life
    es un niño sano, lleno de vida he's a healthy child, full of life
    la ciudad es bonita, pero le falta vida it's a nice city but it's not very lively o it doesn't have much life
    unas cortinas amarillas le darían vida a la habitación yellow curtains would liven up o brighten up the room
    se pasa la vida viendo la televisión he spends his life watching television
    toda una vida dedicada a la enseñanza a lifetime dedicated to teaching
    a lo largo de su vida throughout his life
    en vida de tu padre when your father was alive
    la corta vida del último gobierno the short life of the last government
    la relación tuvo una vida muy corta the relationship was very short-lived
    la vida de un coche/electrodoméstico the life-span of a car/an electrical appliance
    cuando encuentres al hombre de tu vida when you find the man of your dreams o your Mr Right
    es el amor de mi vida she's the love of my life
    amargarle la vida a algn to make sb's life a misery
    amargarse la vida to make oneself miserable
    complicarle la vida a algn to make sb's life difficult
    complicarse la vida to make life difficult for oneself
    de por vida for life
    de toda la vida loc adj/adv (desde siempre) lifelong
    se conocen de toda la vida they know each other from way back
    un programa/una medicina de toda la vida a run-of-the-mill program*/medicine
    un amigo/votante de toda la vida a lifelong friend/voter
    en la/mi vida: ¡en la or en mi vida he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it in my life!
    ¡en la or mi vida haría una cosa así! I'd never dream of doing something like that!
    en mi perra vida lo he visto (CS fam); I've never seen him in my life
    enterrarse en vida to cut oneself off from the world
    hacerle la vida imposible a algn to make sb's life impossible
    C
    1 (manera de vivir, actividades) life
    lleva una vida muy ajetreada she leads a very busy life
    la medicina/pintura es toda su vida she lives for medicine/painting
    ¿qué tal? ¿qué es de tu vida? how are you? what have you been up to?
    déjalo que haga or viva su vida let him get on with o let him live his own life
    ¡esto sí que es vida! this is the life!
    ¡(así) es la vida! that's life, such is life
    la vida le sonríe fortune has smiled on her
    hacen vida de casados or marital they live together
    comparten la casa pero no hacen vida en común they share the house but they lead separate lives o they live separately
    ¡qué vida ésta! what a life!
    ¡qué vida más cruel! ( hum); it's a hard life! ( hum)
    darse or pegarse una or la gran vida to have an easy life ( colloq), to live the life of Riley ( colloq)
    estar encantado de la vida to be thrilled, to be thrilled to bits ( colloq), to be over the moon ( colloq)
    está encantada de la vida con el nuevo trabajo she's thrilled to bits o she's over the moon with her new job
    ¿podríamos hacer la fiesta en tu casa? — por mí, encantado de la vida could we have the party at your house? — I'd be delighted to o that's absolutely fine by me
    estar/quedar loco de la vida (CS fam); to be over the moon ( colloq), to be thrilled
    la vida y milagros or ( RPI) la vida, obra y misterios ( fam); life story
    se sabe la vida y milagros de todo el mundo he knows everybody's life story
    pasar a mejor vida ( hum) «persona» to kick the bucket ( colloq), to croak ( colloq);
    «vestido/zapatos» to bite the dust ( colloq)
    pegarse la vida padre ( fam); to have an easy life
    vida privada/militar private/military life
    su vida sentimental or amorosa his love life
    la vida y obra de Cervantes the life and works of Cervantes
    las vidas de los santos the lives of the saints
    Compuestos:
    ( euf):
    ser de vida alegre to be in the profession o the life ( AmE), to be on the game ( BrE colloq)
    life of contemplation
    ( fam); dog's life
    tuvo una vida de perros she led a dog's life
    vida eterna or perdurable
    la vida eterna or perdurable eternal o everlasting life
    nightlife
    social life
    no hacen mucha vida social they don't socialize much, they don't have much social life
    D
    (necesidades materiales): con ese dinero tiene la vida resuelta with that money she's set up for life
    la vida está carísima everything is so expensive, the cost of living is very high
    ganarse la vida to earn one's o a living
    buscarse la vida ( fam): me busco la vida como puedo one way or another I get by o I make a living
    ¡pues, ahora que se busque la vida! well, now he'll have to stand on his own two feet o get by on his own!
    ¡mi vida! or ¡vida mía! my darling!, darling!
    pero hija de mi vida ¿cómo se te ocurrió hacer eso? but my dear, what made you do that?
    * * *

     

    vida sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (Biol) life;


    una cuestión de vida o muerte a matter of life and death;
    quitarse la vida to take one's (own) life (frml);
    salir con vida to escape alive
    b) (viveza, vitalidad) life;


    le falta vida it's/she's/he's not very lively
    2 ( extensión de tiempo, existencia) life;

    toda una vida a lifetime;
    la vida de un coche the life-span of a car;
    un amigo de toda la vida a lifelong friend;
    amargarle la vida a algn to make sb's life a misery;
    complicarse la vida to make life difficult for oneself;
    de por vida for life;
    hacerle la vida imposible a algn to make sb's life impossible
    3 (manera de vivir, actividades) life;

    ¿qué es de tu vida? what have you been up to?;
    hace or vive su vida he lives his own life;
    ¡esto sí que es vida! this is the life!;
    ¡(así) es la vida! that's life, such is life;
    vida privada private life;
    su vida sentimental his love life;
    una mujer de vida alegre a woman of easy virtue;
    ¡qué vida de perros! it's a dog's life;
    hacer vida social to socialize;
    estar encantado de la vida to be thrilled, to be over the moon (colloq)
    4 ( necesidades materiales):

    ganarse la vida to earn one's o a living;
    tiene la vida resuelta he's set up for life
    5 ( como apelativo) darling;
    ¡mi vida! (my) darling!

    vida sustantivo femenino
    1 (existencia) life: no hay vida en Marte, there is no life on Mars
    estar con vida, to be alive
    quitarse la vida, to take one's own life
    2 (periodo vital) life: toda la vida ha sido socialista, he's been a socialist all his life
    de corta vida, short-lived
    toda una vida, a lifetime
    3 (modo de vida) ¿cómo te va la vida?, how's life?
    la literatura es su vida, he lives for literature o literature is his life
    lleva una vida muy desordenada, she lives o leads a very chaotic life
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar ¡esto es vida!, this is the life (situación muy agradable, placentera) ¡esto es vida!, todo el día tumbado sin tener que trabajar, this is the life! lazing around all day without having to work
    fam (resolver un asunto, problema) buscarse la vida: no tengo dinero, - me da igual, ¡búscate la vida!, I haven't got any money, - I couldn't care less, go and sort your own problems out
    figurado Lit Cine Teat (representar un personaje) dar vida: en esa película el actor da vida a Napoleón, in that film the actor plays the part of Napoleon
    dar la vida, to sacrifice o give one's life
    ganarse la vida, to earn one's living
    fig fam (morir) pasar a mejor vida, to pass away
    (independencia) tener/vivir su (propia) vida alguien: ya no está con sus padres, tiene su propia vida, he isn't with his parents anymore, he's living his own life
    a vida o muerte, (situación de alto riesgo) le tuvieron que operar a vida o muerte, it was a life or death operation
    de mi/tu/su... vida: el amor de mi vida, the love of my life
    de por vida, for life
    de toda la vida, lifelong
    en la vida, never in one's life
    Rel la otra vida, the next life
    familiar vida de perros, dog's life
    fam (hechos y anécdotas de un personaje o persona) vida y milagros de alguien, the full details about sb
    ' vida' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    agitada
    - agitado
    - amargarse
    - andar
    - atentar
    - comentar
    - complicarse
    - constante
    - contemplativa
    - contemplativo
    - convivencia
    - conyugal
    - cosa
    - crepúsculo
    - cruzarse
    - delante
    - descansada
    - descansado
    - desengañarse
    - desgraciada
    - desgraciado
    - encarrilar
    - episodio
    - ser
    - ermitaña
    - ermitaño
    - esperanza
    - flor
    - ir
    - ganarse
    - hipótesis
    - ilusión
    - indigna
    - indigno
    - inerte
    - intrepidez
    - jamás
    - juego
    - jugar
    - martirio
    - muerta
    - muerto
    - mujer
    - normalización
    - oportunidad
    - padecer
    - padre
    - pajolera
    - pajolero
    - pantalla
    English:
    abundance
    - account
    - active
    - afterlife
    - alive
    - amenities
    - assurance
    - attempt
    - bang up
    - battle
    - bread
    - breeding ground
    - bright
    - busy
    - carp
    - chapter
    - clean
    - conception
    - cost
    - cost of living
    - crossroads
    - dead
    - dear
    - dedicate
    - destroy
    - dodge
    - dog
    - domestic
    - earn
    - easy
    - eccentric
    - emigrate
    - existence
    - fascination
    - flat
    - give up
    - gracious
    - greed
    - greediness
    - hell
    - herself
    - high life
    - himself
    - hurdle
    - impossible
    - index-linked
    - insurance
    - lead
    - life
    - life expectancy
    * * *
    vida nf
    1. [estado fisiológico, hecho de existir] life;
    ¿hay vida en otros planetas? is there life on other planets?;
    el cuerpo sin vida de un soldado the lifeless body of a soldier;
    el conflicto se cobró muchas vidas many lives were lost in the conflict;
    aquello le costó la vida that cost him his life;
    dar la vida por to give one's life for;
    estar con vida to be alive;
    va a ser una operación a vida o muerte the operation may save his life but it may also kill him;
    estar entre la vida y la muerte to be at death's door;
    perder la vida to lose one's life;
    quitarse la vida to take one's (own) life;
    salir con vida to come out alive;
    como si la vida le fuera en ello as if his/her life depended on it;
    ser una cuestión o [m5] un asunto de vida o muerte to be a matter of life and death;
    enterrarse en vida to forsake the world;
    pasar a mejor vida Euf [persona] to pass away;
    [prenda, aparato, utensilio] to have had it;
    la otra vida the next life;
    tenía la vida pendiente de un hilo her life was hanging by a thread;
    mientras hay vida hay esperanza hope springs eternal
    vida artificial artificial life;
    la vida eterna eternal life;
    vida extraterrestre extraterrestrial life;
    vida intrauterina intrauterine life
    2. [periodo de existencia] life;
    trabajó toda su vida he worked all his life;
    una vida plagada de éxitos a lifetime of success;
    de mi/tu/ etc[m5] vida of my/your/ etc life;
    el amor/la oportunidad de su vida the love/chance of his life;
    un amigo de toda la vida a lifelong friend;
    le conozco de toda la vida I've known him all my life;
    de toda la vida las novias van de blanco brides have worn white since time immemorial, brides have always worn white;
    de por vida for life;
    en vida de during the life o lifetime of;
    eso no lo hubieras dicho en vida de tu padre you would never have said that while your father was alive;
    así no vas a aprobar en la o [m5] tu vida you'll never pass like that;
    ¡en mi o [m5] la vida vi cosa igual! I'd never seen such a thing in all my life!;
    pasarse la vida haciendo algo to spend one's life doing sth;
    se pasa la vida quejándose he does nothing but complain all the time;
    hacer la vida imposible a alguien to make sb's life impossible;
    Am
    toda la vida: [sin duda] [m5]¿prefieres África a Europa? – ¡toda la vida! do you prefer Africa to Europe? – every time! o you bet!;
    la vida da muchas vueltas you never know what life has got in store for you;
    3. Com [de maquinaria, aparato, automóvil] life;
    tiene una vida útil de veinte años it has a useful life of twenty years, it's designed to last for twenty years
    vida en estantería shelf life;
    vida media average life, mean lifetime
    4. [forma de vivir, faceta cotidiana] life;
    su vida es el teatro the theatre is her life;
    ¿cómo es tu vida diaria? what would be a typical day in your life?;
    la vida política del país the country's political life;
    ¿no te gustaría cambiar de vida? wouldn't you like to change your life o the way you live?;
    yo hago o [m5] vivo mi vida como todo el mundo I just get on with my life like everyone else;
    lleva una vida muy tranquila she leads o lives a very peaceful life;
    ¡así es la vida! that's life!, such is life!;
    ¡esto (sí que) es vida! this is the life!;
    una mujer de vida alegre a loose woman;
    ¿qué es de tu vida? how's life?;
    ¡qué vida ésta! what a life!;
    la buena vida the good life;
    darse o [m5]pegarse la gran vida, darse o [m5] pegarse la vida padre to live the life of Riley;
    llevar una vida de perros to lead a dog's life
    vida amorosa love life;
    vida de familia family life;
    vida privada private life;
    vida pública public life;
    vida sentimental love life;
    vida sexual sex life;
    vida social social life;
    hacer vida social (con) to socialize (with)
    5. [animación] life;
    este pueblo tiene mucha vida this town is very lively;
    estar lleno de vida to be full of life;
    Brando da vida al personaje del padre Brando plays the father
    vida nocturna nightlife
    6. [necesidades materiales]
    la vida está muy cara en Japón the cost of living is very high in Japan;
    Fam
    está la vida muy achuchada money's very tight;
    ganarse la vida to earn a living;
    con este trabajo me gano bien la vida I make a good living from this job
    7. [apelativo cariñoso] darling;
    ¡mi vida!, ¡vida mía! my darling!
    * * *
    f life; esp
    TÉC life span;
    de por vida for life;
    toda la vida all one’s life;
    somos amigos de toda la vida we have been friends all our lives;
    en mi vida never (in my life);
    en vida in his/ her etc lifetime;
    ¿qué es de tu vida? how are things?;
    ganarse la vida earn a living;
    vivir su vida live one’s own life;
    hacer la vida imposible a alguien make s.o.’s life impossible;
    a vida o muerte life-or-death;
    estar entre la vida y la muerte be hovering between life and death, be fighting for life;
    la gran vida live high on the hog fam, live the life of Riley fam ;
    pasar a mejor vida pass away;
    quitarse la vida take one’s own life, kill o.s.;
    perder la vida lose one’s life;
    salir con vida come out alive;
    sin vida lifeless;
    la vida y milagros de alguien s.o.’s life story;
    vida en pareja married life, life together;
    vida familiar/sentimental family/love life;
    vida interior inner self;
    así es la vida that’s life;
    vida mía my love;
    mujer de la vida loose woman;
    dar vida a TEA play the part of
    * * *
    vida nf
    1) : life
    la vida cotidiana: everyday life
    2) : life span, lifetime
    3) biografía: biography, life
    4) : way of life, lifestyle
    5) : livelihood
    ganarse la vida: to earn one's living
    6) viveza: liveliness
    7)
    media vida : half-life
    * * *
    vida n
    1. (en general) life [pl. lives]
    2. (sustento) living

    Spanish-English dictionary > vida

  • 6 farsante

    adj.
    1 deceitful.
    2 fake, faker, false, humbug.
    f. & m.
    1 deceitful person.
    es un farsante he's a fraud
    2 phoney, phony, faker, charlatan.
    3 show-off, braggart, boaster, old humbug.
    * * *
    1 lying, deceitful
    1 fake, impostor
    * * *
    masculino y femenino fraud, fake
    * * *
    = charlatan, con artist, con man, humbug, fabricator, fraud, fraudster, hoaxer, hoaxster.
    Ex. He is gullible, not very bright, the ready dupe of the charlatan and the demagogue.
    Ex. This unlikely threesome of a con artist, a hit man, and an idiot find themselves in deep water when their heist doesn't go off as planned.
    Ex. His supporters call him a 'smoothie', while his critics generally portray him as a 'glib con man'.
    Ex. Worldly people and even monks without spiritual discernment are nearly always attracted by humbugs, imposters, hypocrites and those who are in demonic delusion.
    Ex. It is important to remember that the story of the American West has been told as much by fabulists and fabricators as by historians.
    Ex. You know what they say, if it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck, or in this case, a lying, stealing, cheating fraud.
    Ex. The article 'Keeping fraudsters in check' describes computerized systems now being developed to help combat fraud.
    Ex. In a subsequent call the hoaxer suggested that another bomb had been planted on the highway leading to the airport.
    Ex. This recent tsunami is not the first disaster to be exploited by email hoaxsters.
    * * *
    masculino y femenino fraud, fake
    * * *
    = charlatan, con artist, con man, humbug, fabricator, fraud, fraudster, hoaxer, hoaxster.

    Ex: He is gullible, not very bright, the ready dupe of the charlatan and the demagogue.

    Ex: This unlikely threesome of a con artist, a hit man, and an idiot find themselves in deep water when their heist doesn't go off as planned.
    Ex: His supporters call him a 'smoothie', while his critics generally portray him as a 'glib con man'.
    Ex: Worldly people and even monks without spiritual discernment are nearly always attracted by humbugs, imposters, hypocrites and those who are in demonic delusion.
    Ex: It is important to remember that the story of the American West has been told as much by fabulists and fabricators as by historians.
    Ex: You know what they say, if it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck, or in this case, a lying, stealing, cheating fraud.
    Ex: The article 'Keeping fraudsters in check' describes computerized systems now being developed to help combat fraud.
    Ex: In a subsequent call the hoaxer suggested that another bomb had been planted on the highway leading to the airport.
    Ex: This recent tsunami is not the first disaster to be exploited by email hoaxsters.

    * * *
    fraud, fake
    * * *

    farsante sustantivo masculino y femenino
    fraud, fake
    farsante mf (impostor) fake, impostor
    ' farsante' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    comedianta
    - comediante
    - encantador
    - encantadora
    English:
    fake
    - fraud
    - phoney
    - see
    - sham
    * * *
    adj
    deceitful;
    ¡qué farsantes son! they're such frauds!
    nmf
    fraud;
    es un farsante he's a fraud
    * * *
    m/f fraud, fake
    * * *
    charlatán: charlatan, fraud, phony

    Spanish-English dictionary > farsante

  • 7 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    - a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 8 love

    1. noun
    1) (a feeling of great fondness or enthusiasm for a person or thing: She has a great love of music; her love for her children.) amor
    2) (strong attachment with sexual attraction: They are in love with one another.) amor
    3) (a person or thing that is thought of with (great) fondness (used also as a term of affection): Ballet is the love of her life; Goodbye, love!) guapo, cielo
    4) (a score of nothing in tennis: The present score is fifteen love (written 15-0).) cero

    2. verb
    1) (to be (very) fond of: She loves her children dearly.) amar, querer
    2) (to take pleasure in: They both love dancing.) gustar, encantar
    - lovely
    - loveliness
    - lover
    - loving
    - lovingly
    - love affair
    - love-letter
    - lovesick
    - fall in love with
    - fall in love
    - for love or money
    - make love
    - there's no love lost between them

    love1 n amor
    La palabra love se emplea también al final de una carta para despedirse de una persona querida; equivale a un abrazo fuerte o con cariño
    love2 vb
    1. querer / amar
    2. encantar / gustar mucho
    tr[lʌv]
    2 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL familiar (person) guapo,-a, chato,-a
    4 (tennis) cero
    1 amar, querer
    do you love him? ¿lo quieres?
    2 (like a lot) encantarle a uno, gustarle a uno mucho
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    for the love of it por amor al arte
    love at first sight amor a primera vista
    not for love or money por nada del mundo
    to be in love with estar enamorado,-a de
    to fall in love enamorarse
    to make love hacer el amor (to, a)
    love affair aventura amorosa, lío
    love child hijo,-a natural
    love life vida sentimental 2 (sexual) vida sexual
    love ['lʌv] v, loved ; loving vt
    1) : querer, amar
    I love you: te quiero
    2) enjoy: encantarle a alguien, ser (muy) aficionado a, gustarle mucho a uno (algo)
    she loves flowers: le encantan las flores
    he loves golf: es muy aficionado al golf
    I'd love to go with you: me gustaría mucho acompañarte
    love vi
    : querer, amar
    love n
    1) : amor m, cariño m
    to be in love with: estar enamorado de
    to fall in love with: enamorarse de
    2) enthusiasm, interest: amor m, afición m, gusto m
    love of music: afición a la música
    3) beloved: amor m; amado m, -da f; enamorado m, -da f
    adj.
    amoroso, -a adj.
    de amor adj.
    n.
    amado s.m.
    amar s.m.
    amor s.m.
    cariño s.m.
    dilección s.f.
    querer s.m.
    v.
    amar v.
    querer v.
    (§pret: quis-) fut/c: querr-•)
    ser aficionado a v.
    tener cariño a v.

    I lʌv
    1)
    a) (affection, emotional attachment) amor m

    their love for each otherel amor or el cariño que se tenían

    to feel love for somebody — sentir* cariño or amor por algn

    to fall/be in love with somebody/something — enamorarse/estar* enamorado de algn/algo

    to make love to somebody — ( sexually) hacer* el amor con algn; ( flirt) (dated) hacer(le)* el amor or la corte (a algn) (ant)

    not for love or o (esp BrE) nor money — por nada del mundo

    love bitemordisco m or (CS fam) chupón m or (Méx fam) chupete m

    b) (enthusiasm, interest)

    love OF somethingamor m a or por algo

    her love of readingsu amor a or por la lectura, su afición por la lectura

    2)
    a) (greetings, regards)

    give my love to your parents — (dale) recuerdos a tus padres (de mi parte), cariños a tus padres (AmL)

    love from John o love, John — un abrazo, John or (AmL tb) cariños, John

    lots of love, John — un apretado abrazo, John

    all my love, John — con todo mi cariño, John

    3)
    a) ( person loved) amor m
    b) ( thing loved) pasión f
    4) (colloq) (as form of address)
    a) ( to loved one) cariño, cielo

    don't cry, my love — no llores, mi vida or mi amor

    b) (BrE) ( to older woman) señora; ( to younger woman) señorita, guapa (Esp); ( to older man) señor; ( to younger man) joven, guapo (Esp)
    5) ( in tennis) cero m

    II
    a) ( care for) querer*, amar (liter)
    b) ( like)

    to love something/-ING/to + INF: I love music/reading/to get presents me encanta la música/leer/recibir regalos; I'd love a cup of tea una taza de té me vendría de maravilla; I'd love to come — me encantaría ir, me gustaría muchísimo ir

    [lʌv]
    1. N
    1) (=affection) [of person] amor m

    I no longer feel any love for or towards him — ya no siento amor or cariño por él

    it was love at first sight — fue amor a primera vista, fue un flechazo

    her love for or of her children — su amor m por sus hijos

    don't give me any money, I'm doing it for love — no me des dinero, lo hago por amor al arte hum

    for love of her son, out of love for her son — por amor a su hijo, por el amor que le tiene/tenía a su hijo

    for the love of God or Mike! — ¡por el amor de Dios!

    to be/fall in love (with sb) — estar enamorado/enamorarse (de algn)

    to make love (with/to sb) — euph (=have sex) hacer el amor (con algn)

    to make love to sb — (=woo) hacer la corte or el amor a algn

    2) (=liking) [of activity, food, place] afición f, pasión f

    her love of colour comes out in her gardensu afición f or pasión f por el colorido se refleja en su jardín

    3) (in greetings, letters)

    (with) love (from) Jim — con cariño (de) Jim, besos (de) Jim

    all my love, Jim — con todo mi cariño, Jim

    give him my love — dale or mándale recuerdos míos

    lots of love, Jim — muchos besos, Jim

    he sends (you) his love — te da or manda recuerdos

    4) (=person loved) amor m ; (=thing loved) pasión f

    she was my first love — fue mi primer amor

    the theatre was her great love — el teatro era su gran pasión

    he was the love of her lifefue el amor de su vida

    yes, love — si, cariño

    thanks, love — (to woman) gracias, guapa or (Sp) maja; (to man) gracias, guapo or (Sp) majo; (to child) gracias, cielo or cariño

    my love — amor mío, mi vida

    6) (=adorable person)

    he's a little love — es un cielo, es un encanto

    be a love and make us a cup of tea — venga, cielo or cariño, prepáranos una taza de té

    7) (Tennis)
    2. VT
    1) (=feel affection for) querer, amar frm

    she loves her children/her cat/that car — quiere mucho a or siente mucho cariño por sus hijos/su gato/ese coche

    she loved him dearly — lo quería muchísimo, lo amaba profundamente

    I must love you and leave you humme despido que me tengo que marchar

    love me, love my dog — quien quiere a Beltrán quiere a su can

    2) (=like very much)

    I love Madrid — me encanta Madrid, me gusta muchísimo Madrid

    "would you like a drink?" - "I'd love one" — -¿quieres tomar algo? -¡sí, por favor!

    he loves swimming, he loves to swim — le encanta nadar, le gusta muchísimo nadar

    I'd love to come — me encantaría ir, me gustaría muchísimo ir

    I'd love to! — ¡con mucho gusto!, ¡yo, encantado!

    3.
    CPD

    love affair Naventura f (sentimental), amorío m ; (fig) pasión f

    she had a love affair with a younger mantuvo una aventura (sentimental) or un amorío con un hombre más joven que ella

    love child Nhijo(-a) m / f natural

    love game N — (Tennis) juego m en blanco

    love letter Ncarta f de amor

    love life N (emotional) vida f sentimental; (sexual) vida f sexual

    how's your love life these days? — ¿qué tal te va la vida últimamente en el campo sentimental or romántico?

    love match Nmatrimonio m por amor

    love nest Nnido m de amor

    love potion Nfiltro m (de amor), bebedizo m (de amor)

    love scene Nescena f de amor

    love seat Nconfidente m, canapé m

    love song Ncanción f de amor

    love story Nhistoria f de amor

    love token Nprenda f de amor, prueba f de amor

    love triangle Ntriángulo m amoroso

    LOVE
    L ove can usually be translated by querer.With people, pets and native lands, que rer is the most typical translation:
    I love you Te quiero
    Timmy loves his mother more than his father Timmy quiere más a su madre que a su padre
    When he lived abroad he realized how much he loved his country Cuando vivió en el extranjero, se dio cuenta de lo mucho que quería a su país ► Que rer is commonly used with mucho in statements like the following:
    I love my parents Quiero mucho a mis padres
    He loved his cat and was very depressed when it died Quería mucho a su gato y tuvo una gran depresión cuando murió ► Use amar, especially in formal language, to talk about spiritual or elevated forms of love:
    To love God above everything else Amar a Dios sobre todas las cosas
    Their duty was to love and respect their parents Su deber era amar y respetar a sus padres ► Use the impersonal enc antarle a uno to talk about things and people that you like very much:
    He loved playing tennis Le encantaba jugar al tenis
    I love children (A mí) me encantan los niños For further uses and examples, see main entry
    * * *

    I [lʌv]
    1)
    a) (affection, emotional attachment) amor m

    their love for each otherel amor or el cariño que se tenían

    to feel love for somebody — sentir* cariño or amor por algn

    to fall/be in love with somebody/something — enamorarse/estar* enamorado de algn/algo

    to make love to somebody — ( sexually) hacer* el amor con algn; ( flirt) (dated) hacer(le)* el amor or la corte (a algn) (ant)

    not for love or o (esp BrE) nor money — por nada del mundo

    love bitemordisco m or (CS fam) chupón m or (Méx fam) chupete m

    b) (enthusiasm, interest)

    love OF somethingamor m a or por algo

    her love of readingsu amor a or por la lectura, su afición por la lectura

    2)
    a) (greetings, regards)

    give my love to your parents — (dale) recuerdos a tus padres (de mi parte), cariños a tus padres (AmL)

    love from John o love, John — un abrazo, John or (AmL tb) cariños, John

    lots of love, John — un apretado abrazo, John

    all my love, John — con todo mi cariño, John

    3)
    a) ( person loved) amor m
    b) ( thing loved) pasión f
    4) (colloq) (as form of address)
    a) ( to loved one) cariño, cielo

    don't cry, my love — no llores, mi vida or mi amor

    b) (BrE) ( to older woman) señora; ( to younger woman) señorita, guapa (Esp); ( to older man) señor; ( to younger man) joven, guapo (Esp)
    5) ( in tennis) cero m

    II
    a) ( care for) querer*, amar (liter)
    b) ( like)

    to love something/-ING/to + INF: I love music/reading/to get presents me encanta la música/leer/recibir regalos; I'd love a cup of tea una taza de té me vendría de maravilla; I'd love to come — me encantaría ir, me gustaría muchísimo ir

    English-spanish dictionary > love

  • 9 अन्तर् _antar

    अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च]
    1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under.
    -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, be- twixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य).
    -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11.
    -4 It is fre- quently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the inte- rior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c.
    -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;].
    -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.).
    -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr.
    -अंङ्ग a.
    1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra.
    -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk.
    -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior.
    -2 an intimate friend, near or con- fidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159.
    -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman.
    -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29.
    - अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62.
    -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads).
    -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention.
    -आगमः an additional augment between two letters,
    -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31.
    -आत्मन् m. (त्मा)
    1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95.
    -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the in- terior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21.
    -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town.
    -आय, -आल; See s. v.
    -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24.
    -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense.
    -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode.
    -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds: मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता.
    -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists).
    -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (
    -लः) a conch-shell.
    -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body.
    -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी.
    -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3.
    -2 inward wrath, secret anger.
    -कोशम् the interior of a store- room.
    -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore).
    -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्).
    -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्.
    -गर्भ a.
    1 bearing young, pregnant.
    -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्.
    -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87.
    -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle.
    -गूढ a. conceal- ed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.]
    1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house.
    -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति.
    -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (
    -नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.).
    -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78.
    -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7.
    - a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.).
    -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach.
    -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्).
    -जात a. inborn, innate.
    -जानु ind. between the knees.
    -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75.
    -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge.
    -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (
    -स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman.
    -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (
    -नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety.
    -ताप a. burning inwardly (
    -पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13.
    -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation.
    -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः).
    -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79.
    -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām.
    -2 inflammation.
    -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart;
    -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart.
    -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself.
    -देशः an intermediate region of the compass.
    -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्).
    -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v.
    -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām.
    -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6.
    -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8.
    -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation.
    -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives.
    -पथ a. Ved. being on the way.
    -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word.
    -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः
    -पिरधानम् the innermost garment.
    -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh).
    -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel.
    -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.).
    -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.).
    -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty.
    -पातित, -पातिन् a.
    1 inserted.
    -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2.
    -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel.
    -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace.
    -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्]
    1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1.
    -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर,
    -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamber- lain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned:- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem.
    -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (
    -कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K.
    -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it re- gularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period.
    -पूय a. ulcerous.
    -पेयम् Ved. drinking up.
    -प्रकृतिः f.
    1 the internal nature or constitution of man.
    -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king.
    -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51.
    -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93.
    -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul.
    -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior.
    -बाष्प a.
    1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.
    -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (
    -ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5.
    -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately.
    -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions).
    -भूमिः f. interior of the earth.
    -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.'
    -भौम a. subterranean, underground.
    -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7.
    -मनस् a.
    1 sad, disconso- late, dejected, distracted.
    -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.
    -मुख a. (
    -खी f.)
    1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26.
    -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि).
    -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः).
    -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (
    -खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna.
    -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the seve- ral letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body.
    -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion.
    -मृत a. still-born.
    -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras.
    -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice.
    -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br.
    -यामिन् m.
    1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c.
    -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up.
    -योगः deep meditation, abstraction
    -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (
    -बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle).
    -लीन a.
    1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1.
    -2 inherent.
    -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (
    -मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered.
    -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v.
    -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8.
    -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (
    -णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5.
    -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior.
    -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13.
    -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching.
    -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in
    -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम).
    -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an under- garment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52.
    -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly.
    -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्).
    -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration.
    -विद्वस् a. Ved. (
    विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7.
    -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever.
    -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (
    -दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land.
    -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house.
    -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain.
    -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21.
    -शरः internal arrow or disease.
    -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body.
    -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside.
    -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.
    -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br.
    -संज्ञ a. inwardly con- scious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49.
    -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚
    त्त्वा)
    1 a pregnant woman.
    -2 the marking nut.
    -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret.
    - सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51.
    -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9.
    -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (
    -रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus).
    -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24
    -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies.
    -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (
    -स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called be- cause they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह).
    -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs.
    -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear.
    -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut).
    -हणनम् striking in the middle.
    -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk.
    -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.
    -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand.
    -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile.
    -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्तर् _antar

  • 10 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8. Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 11 fils

    fils [fis]
    masculine noun
    M. Martin fils young Mr Martin
    * * *
    fis
    nom masculin invariable son

    Dupont fils — ( entreprise) Dupont Junior

    Dupont et fils — ( entreprise) Dupont and Son(s)

    mon filsgén my boy; Religion my son

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    fis nm

    fils à papa péjoratifdaddy's boy

    * * *
    fils nm inv son; fils indigne unworthy son; le fils des Dupont the Duponts' son; de père en fils from father to son; Alexandre Dumas fils Alexandre Dumas the younger; Dupont fils Entr Dupont Junior; Dupont et fils Entr Dupont and Son(s); mon fils gén my boy; Relig my son.
    fils de (bonne) famille boy from a good family; Fils de Dieu Relig Son of God; Fils prodigue Bible Prodigal Son; fils de pute son-of-a-bitch, SOB US; fils spirituel spiritual heir.
    tel père, tel fils Prov like father, like son Prov; c'est bien le fils de son père/sa mère he's very much his father's/his mother's son.
    [fis] nom masculin
    1. [enfant] son, boy
    Brunet \_ Fils Brunet \_ Son ou Sons
    je voudrais parler à M. Picard fils I'd like to talk to Mr Picard junior
    3. (littéraire) [descendant] descendant
    [natif] son
    le Fils de l'homme ou de Dieu the Son of man ou of God

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fils

  • 12 molestar

    v.
    1 to bother.
    perdone que le moleste… I'm sorry to bother you…
    ¿le molesta que fume? do you mind if I smoke?
    Sus palabras acedaron a María His words Maryoyed Mary.
    2 to upset.
    me molestó que no me saludaras I was rather upset that you didn't say hello to me
    3 to be bothered by.
    Me molesta ese ruido I am bothered by that noise.
    4 to ail.
    * * *
    1 (interrumpir) to disturb
    no lo molestes, que está durmiendo don't disturb him, he's asleep
    2 (perturbar) to bother, annoy, upset
    3 (importunar) to pester
    ¡deja de molestarme ya! stop pestering me!
    4 (hacer daño - apretar) to hurt, be too tight; (- picar) to irritate
    5 (ofender) to upset
    no se moleste en venir, ya se lo mandaremos a casa don't bother coming, we'll send it round to you
    2 (ofenderse) to take offence
    * * *
    verb
    1) to annoy, bother
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=importunar) to bother, annoy

    ¿no la estarán molestando, verdad? — they're not bothering o annoying you, are they?

    no la molestes más con tus tonteríasstop pestering o bothering o annoying her with your silly games

    2) (=interrumpir) to disturb

    siento molestarte, pero necesito que me ayudes — I'm sorry to disturb o trouble o bother you, but I need your help

    3) (=ofender) to upset
    2. VI
    1) (=importunar) to be a nuisance

    quita de en medio, que siempre estás molestando — get out of the way, you're always being a nuisance

    no quisiera molestar, pero necesito hablar contigo — I don't want to bother you o be a nuisance, but I need to talk to you

    me molesta mucho que me hablen asíit really annoys o irritates me when they talk to me like that

    ese ruido me molestathat noise is bothering o annoying o irritating me

    me molesta el jarrón, ¿puedes apartarlo? — the vase is in the way, can you move it?

    2) (=incomodar) to feel uncomfortable, bother

    ¿te molesta el humo? — does the smoke bother you?

    si le sigue molestando, acuda a su médico — if it goes on giving you trouble, see your doctor

    3) (=ofender) to upset
    4) (=importar)
    [en preguntas]

    ¿le molesta la radio? — does the radio bother you?, do you mind the radio being on?

    ¿te molestaría prestarme un paraguas? — would you mind lending me an umbrella?

    ¿le molesta que abra la ventana o si abro la ventana? — do you mind if I open the window?

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( importunar) to bother
    b) ( interrumpir) to disturb
    2) (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    2.
    1) ( importunar) (+me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te molesta ese ruido? — doesn't that noise bother you?

    ¿le molesta si fumo? — do you mind if I smoke?

    no me duele, pero me molesta — it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable

    2) ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance

    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar — he came to help, but he just made a nuisance of himself

    3.
    molestarsev pron
    1) ( disgustarse) to get upset

    se molestó por lo que le dijehe was upset o offended by what I said

    2) ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml)

    no se molesteit's all right o please, don't bother

    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? — why should you put yourself out?

    molestarse EN + INF: ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me; se molestó en venir a verme — she took the trouble to come and see me

    * * *
    = bother, irk, pester, disrupt, irritate, trouble, hassle, bug, tread on + toes, spite, annoy, nag (at), disturb, upset, niggle, importune, gall, peeve.
    Ex. Why bother, then, to create an alphabetical index to the classified file when you already have a printed alphabetical index to the schedules of the classification scheme?.
    Ex. She had been told from time to time that he seemed to derive satisfaction from needling the staff, but she had never been able to pin down specifically what he does that irks them.
    Ex. And there are those whom I have pestered from time to time over the past four years, and who have patiently answered my importunity.
    Ex. Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.
    Ex. Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex. This is a problem that has frequently troubled teachers.
    Ex. Richins also included inconveniences such as special trips to complain, time and effort required to fill out form, being treated rudely, and having to hassle someone.
    Ex. I have a question that has been bugging me since I upgraded to ProCite 5 some time ago.
    Ex. For all the indisputable good the Dalai Lama does in terms of spiritual guidance, he seems reluctant to tread on any political toes.
    Ex. Men's abuse of children is in many instances instrumental in order to coerce or retaliate against women, echoing the Greek myth of Medea who killed her own children to spite her father.
    Ex. Library pests are any humans, large or microscopic beasts, library equipment or installations, or chemical and biological substances that hamper or annoy the reader.
    Ex. This a book that I had admired but that had nagged at me for years.
    Ex. Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.
    Ex. Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex. He was under the knife last week to treat the knee problem that has been niggling him.
    Ex. He was a shiftless, good-for-nothing man and his shrewish wife was constantly importuning him.
    Ex. It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex. Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    ----
    * molestarse = stir + uneasily, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, begrudge, grudge, pique.
    * molestarse por = be bothered by, bridle at.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( importunar) to bother
    b) ( interrumpir) to disturb
    2) (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    2.
    1) ( importunar) (+me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te molesta ese ruido? — doesn't that noise bother you?

    ¿le molesta si fumo? — do you mind if I smoke?

    no me duele, pero me molesta — it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable

    2) ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance

    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar — he came to help, but he just made a nuisance of himself

    3.
    molestarsev pron
    1) ( disgustarse) to get upset

    se molestó por lo que le dijehe was upset o offended by what I said

    2) ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml)

    no se molesteit's all right o please, don't bother

    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? — why should you put yourself out?

    molestarse EN + INF: ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me; se molestó en venir a verme — she took the trouble to come and see me

    * * *
    = bother, irk, pester, disrupt, irritate, trouble, hassle, bug, tread on + toes, spite, annoy, nag (at), disturb, upset, niggle, importune, gall, peeve.

    Ex: Why bother, then, to create an alphabetical index to the classified file when you already have a printed alphabetical index to the schedules of the classification scheme?.

    Ex: She had been told from time to time that he seemed to derive satisfaction from needling the staff, but she had never been able to pin down specifically what he does that irks them.
    Ex: And there are those whom I have pestered from time to time over the past four years, and who have patiently answered my importunity.
    Ex: Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.
    Ex: Their education must accordingly be designed to prepare them for that future, however much this may irritate the myopics whose only concern is for the present.
    Ex: This is a problem that has frequently troubled teachers.
    Ex: Richins also included inconveniences such as special trips to complain, time and effort required to fill out form, being treated rudely, and having to hassle someone.
    Ex: I have a question that has been bugging me since I upgraded to ProCite 5 some time ago.
    Ex: For all the indisputable good the Dalai Lama does in terms of spiritual guidance, he seems reluctant to tread on any political toes.
    Ex: Men's abuse of children is in many instances instrumental in order to coerce or retaliate against women, echoing the Greek myth of Medea who killed her own children to spite her father.
    Ex: Library pests are any humans, large or microscopic beasts, library equipment or installations, or chemical and biological substances that hamper or annoy the reader.
    Ex: This a book that I had admired but that had nagged at me for years.
    Ex: Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.
    Ex: Especially if the new subject is one which upsets the previous structure of relationships, it will be difficult to fit into the existing order.
    Ex: He was under the knife last week to treat the knee problem that has been niggling him.
    Ex: He was a shiftless, good-for-nothing man and his shrewish wife was constantly importuning him.
    Ex: It was the American attitude of superiority that galled them the most.
    Ex: Things like talking over the performances and cutting to commercials in the middle of performances were really peaving the people who watched.
    * molestarse = stir + uneasily, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, begrudge, grudge, pique.
    * molestarse por = be bothered by, bridle at.

    * * *
    molestar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (importunar) to bother
    perdone que lo moleste, pero quisiera pedirle algo sorry to trouble o bother you, but I'd like to ask you something
    ¿este señor la está molestando, señorita? is this man bothering you, Miss?
    2 (interrumpir) to disturb
    no la molestes, está estudiando don't disturb her, she's studying
    que no me moleste nadie, voy a dormir un rato don't let anybody disturb me, I'm going to take a nap
    B (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    perdona si te he molestado I'm sorry if I've upset you
    ■ molestar
    vi
    A
    (importunar): ¿no te molesta ese ruido? doesn't that noise bother you?
    [ S ] se ruega no molestar please do not disturb
    ¿le molesta si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?
    me molesta su arrogancia her arrogance irritates o annoys me
    ya sabes que me molesta que hables de él you know I don't like you to talk about him, you know I get upset o it upsets me when you talk about him
    nunca uso pulseras, me molestan para trabajar I never wear bracelets, they get in the way when I'm working
    no me duele, pero me molesta it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable o it bothers me
    si le molesta mucho, puedo ponerle una inyección if it's very sore o painful, I could give you an injection
    B (fastidiar) to be a nuisance
    si vas a molestar, te vas de clase if you're going to be a nuisance, you can leave the classroom
    vino a ayudar pero no hizo más que molestar he came to help, but he just got in the way o made a nuisance of himself
    son unos niños encantadores, nunca molestan they're lovely children, they're never any trouble o they're no trouble at all
    no quiero molestar I don't want to be a nuisance o to get in the way o to cause any trouble
    A (disgustarse) to get upset
    no debes molestarte, lo hizo sin querer don't get upset, he didn't mean to do it
    molestarse POR algo:
    se molestó por algo he got upset about something
    espero que no se haya molestado por lo que le dije I hope you weren't upset o offended by what I said
    molestarse CON algn to get annoyed WITH sb, get cross WITH sb ( BrE)
    se molestó conmigo porque no lo invité he got annoyed o cross with me because I didn't invite him, he was put out o upset because I didn't invite him
    B (tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself ( frml)
    no se moleste, me voy enseguida it's all right o please, don't bother o don't worry, I'm just leaving
    no se molesta por nadie, sólo piensa en él he doesn't bother o worry about anybody else, all he thinks about is himself
    ¿para qué vas a molestarte? why should you put yourself out?
    molestarse EN + INF:
    ni se molestó en llamarme he didn't even bother to call me
    se molestó en venir hasta aquí a avisarnos she took the trouble to come o she went to the trouble of coming all this way to tell us
    yo no me voy a molestar en cocinar para ellos I'm not going to put myself out cooking for them
    * * *

     

    molestar ( conjugate molestar) verbo transitivo
    1

    perdone que lo moleste sorry to trouble o bother you


    2 (ofender, disgustar) to upset
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( importunar):
    ¿le molesta si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?;

    me molesta su arrogancia her arrogance irritates o annoys me;
    no me duele, pero me molesta it doesn't hurt but it's uncomfortable
    2 ( fastidiar) to be a nuisance;
    no quiero molestar I don't want to be a nuisance o to cause any trouble

    molestarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( disgustarse) to get upset;
    molestarse POR algo to get upset about sth;
    molestarse CON algn to get annoyed with sb
    2 ( tomarse el trabajo) to bother, trouble oneself (frml);

    se molestó en venir hasta aquí a avisarnos she took the trouble to come all this way to tell us
    molestar verbo transitivo
    1 (causar enojo, incomodidad) to disturb, bother: ¿le molestaría contestar a unas preguntas?, would you mind answering some questions?
    me molesta que grites, it annoys me when you shout
    2 (causar dolor, incomodidad) to hurt
    ' molestar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dañar
    - dejar
    - hartar
    - jambar
    - jorobar
    - marear
    - picar
    - reventar
    - ruido
    - sino
    - vivir
    - chingar
    - chocar
    - chorear
    - embromar
    - enredar
    - fastidiar
    - fregar
    - huevear
    - importar
    - joder
    - nomás
    - solo
    English:
    aggravate
    - annoy
    - bother
    - bug
    - disturb
    - gall
    - inconvenience
    - intrude
    - irk
    - irritate
    - nettle
    - pester
    - put out
    - roil
    - trouble
    - worry
    - heckler
    - impose
    - put
    - spite
    * * *
    vt
    1. [perturbar] to bother;
    el calor no me molesta the heat doesn't bother me;
    esa luz tan brillante me molesta that bright light is hurting my eyes;
    deja ya de molestar al gato leave the cat alone;
    ¡deja de molestarme! stop annoying me!;
    ¿te están molestando los niños? are the children bothering you?;
    las moscas no paraban de molestarnos the flies were a real nuisance;
    ¿le molesta que fume o [m5] si fumo? do you mind if I smoke?;
    ¿te molesta la radio? is the radio bothering you?;
    ¿te molesta si abro la ventana? do you mind if I open the window?;
    perdone que le moleste… I'm sorry to bother you…
    2. [doler]
    me molesta una pierna my leg is giving me a bit of trouble;
    me molesta un poco la herida my wound is rather uncomfortable o a bit sore;
    vuelva dentro de un mes si le sigue molestando come back in a month's time if it's still troubling you
    3. [ofender] to upset;
    me molestó que no me saludaras I was rather upset that you didn't say hello to me;
    … todo esto dicho sin ánimo de molestar a nadie I don't want to cause anyone offence but…
    vi
    vámonos, aquí no hacemos más que molestar let's go, we're in the way here;
    deja ya de molestar con tantas preguntas stop being such a nuisance and asking all those questions;
    ¿molesto? – no, no, pasa am I interrupting? – no, not at all, come in;
    no querría molestar, pero necesito hablar contigo un momento I don't want to interrupt, but I need to have a word with you;
    puedes aparcar el camión allí, que no molesta you can park the truck over there where it won't be in the way;
    no molestar [en letrero] do not disturb
    * * *
    v/t
    1 bother, annoy
    2 ( doler) trouble;
    no molestar do not disturb
    * * *
    1) fastidiar: to annoy, to bother
    2) : to disturb, to disrupt
    : to be a nuisance
    * * *
    1. (interrumpir) to disturb
    no lo molestes, está descansando don't disturb him he's resting
    2. (importunar) to bother
    3. (disgustar) to upset [pt. & pp. upset]
    4. (producir un dolor) to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    5. (importar) to mind
    ¿le molesta que fume? do you mind if I smoke?

    Spanish-English dictionary > molestar

  • 13 people

    ˈpi:pl
    1. сущ.
    1) а) народ, нация Syn: folk б) перен. существа, народец( о животных, насекомых, птицах или сказочных существах) The ants are very small people. ≈ Муравьи - очень маленькие существа. little people ordinary people
    2) а) как мн. люди;
    население;
    жители average people chosen people city people - common people country people plain people primitive people working people young people б) уст. компания, толпа (людей) Syn: company, multitude
    3) как мн. а) родные, родственники б) родители( обыкн. my people, his people и т. п.)
    4) любой вид подчиненных людей а) как мн. свита;
    слуги;
    рабы б) подчиненные, служащие в) экипаж, команда( корабля, самолета и т.д.) Syn: herd, hoi polloi, mob, populace, rabble Ant: aristocracy, elite, nobility, royalty
    5) простолюдины, третье сословие (в отличие от аристократии) Syn: commonalty
    6) как мн. прихожане
    7) сл. воровская шайка
    8) (People) амер. юр. общественное обвинение, государство( как обвиняющая сторона на процессе)
    9) полит. электорат, избиратели The supreme law-making power is the people, that is, the qualified voters, acting in a prescribed way. ≈ Высшей законодательной властью является народ, то есть люди, имеющие право голоса и действующие определенным образом.
    2. гл.
    1) а) неперех. заселять, населять The city is becoming peopled with foreigners. ≈ Город заселяется иностранцами. Syn: populate, occupy, inhabit б) перен. наполнять, заполнять( о животных, предметах и т.д.) The sky was peopled with stars. ≈ Небо было обсыпано звездами. в) перен. заселить( что-л.) воображаемыми предметами that region which he has peopled with spiritual creationsтот район, который он (в своем воображении) населил неземными созданиями
    2) перех. населять, составлять население (чего-л.) to populate the planet ≈ населять планету
    3) расти( о населении) ;
    становиться населенным The town peopled very fast. ≈ Население города росло очень быстро. народ, нация - the French * французский народ, французы - English-speaking *s народы, говорящие на английском языке - a warlike * воинственный народ - the *s inhabiting Indonesia народы, населяющие Индонезию (собирательнле) люди - young * молодежь - common * простой народ /люд/ - society * светские люди - many * много народу - we don't see many * here здесь мало кто бывает - who are these *? кто эти люди? - two or three other * asked me that question еще два или три человека задали мне этот же вопрос - most * большинство людей - the * at large публика - government of /for, by/ the * власть народа /для народа, осуществляемая (самим) народом/ - a man of the * человек из народа - to be of the * происходить из народа - rising of the * народное восстание - * say говорят - theatre * актеры - *'s car дешевый малолитражный автомобиль, "фольксваген" население, жители - the * of London жители Лондона - farm * сельскохозяйственное население (обыкн. my *, his * и т. п.) употр. с гл. во мн. ч.: (разговорное) родные, родственники;
    родители - how are all your *? как поживают все ваши( родные) ? - my wife's * родственники моей жены - I must introduce you to my * я должен вас познакомить с моей семьей предки - his * lived here over 200 years ago его предки жили здесь более двухсот лет назад( собирательнле) служащие;
    слуги;
    подчиненные - an employer and his * хозяин и его служащие - the king and his * король и его подданные - a farmer and his * фермер и его работники - an officer and his * офицер и солдаты - the priest and his * священник и паства (американизм) (кинематографический) (жаргон) человек, особа (в обращении) - hallo, *! привет! (американизм) (the P.) (юридическое) государство как обвиняющая сторона в уголовном процессе - the case of the P. versus John Doe дело по обвинению Джона Доу - to appear for /on behalf of/ the P. выступать от имени обвинения /в качестве прокурора/ избиратели - to go to the * баллотироваться - their man goes to the * against the Democratic candidate они выставят на выборах своего человека против кандидата от демократической партии (собирательнле) существа - the feathered * птицы, пернатые - the woolly * овцы - the little /the good/ * феи, эльфы населять;
    заселять - a region *d with primitive tribes район, населенный первобытными племенами - woods *d with birds леса, населенные птицами - pools *d with fish пруды, в которых водится рыба расти (о населении) - the town has *d very fast население города выросло очень быстро заселяться - the world had *d very slowly мир заселялся очень медленно заполнять (в мыслях, воображении и т. п.) - his dreams were *d with strange terrifying fantasies его сны были заполнены странными, ужасными образами boat ~ команда судна ~ (употр. как pl) люди;
    население;
    жители;
    young people молодежь;
    country people деревенские жители;
    people say that говорят, что marketing ~ специалисты по маркетингу people государство ~ заселять, населять ~ избиратели ~ (употр. как pl) люди;
    население;
    жители;
    young people молодежь;
    country people деревенские жители;
    people say that говорят, что ~ народ, нация ~ народ, население ~ (употр. как pl) прихожане ~ расти (о населении) ~ (употр. как pl) родные, родственники;
    родители (обыкн. my people, his people и т. п.) ~ (употр. как pl) свита;
    слуги;
    служащие, подчиненные ~ People амер. юр. общественное обвинение, государство ( как обвиняющая сторона на процессе) ~ (употр. как pl) люди;
    население;
    жители;
    young people молодежь;
    country people деревенские жители;
    people say that говорят, что real ~ рекл. обычная аудитория working ~ трудящиеся;
    трудовой люд ~ (употр. как pl) люди;
    население;
    жители;
    young people молодежь;
    country people деревенские жители;
    people say that говорят, что young ~ молодежь

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > people

  • 14 नरः _narḥ

    नरः [नॄ-नये-अच्]
    1 A man, male person; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्यमतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5; Ms.1.96;2.213.
    -2 A man or piece at chess.
    -3 The pin of a sun-dial.
    -4 The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man.
    -5 Man's length (= पुरुष. q. v.).
    -6 N. of a primitive sage.
    -7 N. of Ar- juna; see नरनारायण below.
    -8 A horse.
    -9 (In gram.) A personal termination.
    -1 The individual soul (जीवात्मा); Mb.12.28.5.
    -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the penis.
    -2 eruption on the face.
    -अधमः a wretch, miscreant.
    -अधिपः, अधिपतिः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -देवः, -पतिः, -पालः a king; नरपतिहितकर्ता द्वेष्यतां याति लोके Pt. नराणां च नराधिपम् Bg.1.27; Ms.7.13; R.2.75;3.42;7.62; Me.39; Y.1.311.
    -अन्तकः death.
    -अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. नराणामयनं यस्मात् तेन नारायणः स्मृतः Brav.P.
    -अशः a demon, goblin.
    -आधारः N. of Śiva. (
    -रा) the earth.
    -इतरः 1 a being higher than a man, a god; Bhāg.4.6.9.
    -2 an animal.
    -इन्द्रः 1 a king; R.2.18. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः 3.33;6.8; Ms.9.253.
    -2 a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; तेषु कश्चि- न्नरेन्द्राभिमानी तां निर्वर्ण्य Dk.51; सुनिग्रहा नरेन्द्रेण फणीन्द्रा इव शत्रवः Śi.2.88. (where the word is used in both senses). ˚मार्गः a high street, main road.
    -3 a mineralogist; L. D. B.
    -उत्तमः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Buddha.
    -ऋषभः 'the chief of men', a prince, king.
    -कपालः a man's skull.
    -कीलकः the murderer of a spiritual preceptor.
    -केश(स)रिन् m.
    1 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. नरसिंह below.
    -2 the chief of men.
    -चिह्नम् the mous- taches.
    -देवः 1 the warrior class (क्षत्रिय); शिष्ट्वा वा भूमि- देवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82.
    -2 a king.
    -धिः the world.
    -द्विष् m. a demon, goblin; तेन मूर्धानमध्वंसन्नरद्विषः Bk.15. 94.
    -नारायणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -णौ dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poet- ry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identi- fied with Nara and Kṛiṣṇa with Nārāyaṇa. [In some places they are called देवौ, पूर्वदेवौ, ऋषी or ऋषिसत्तमौ. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their aus- terities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśī from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. स्थाने खलु नारायणमृषिं विलोभयन्त्यस्तदूरुसंभवामिमां दृष्ट्वा व्रीडिताः सर्वा अप्सरस इति V.1.]
    -पशुः 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form.
    -पुङ्गवः 'best of men', an excellent man; शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गवः Bg.1.5.
    -बलिः a human sacrifice.
    -भुज् a. man-eating, cannibal.
    -भूः f. the Bharatavarṣa, i. e. India.
    -मानिका, मानिनी, -मालिनी 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon.
    -माला a girdle of skulls.
    -मेधः a human sacrifice.
    -यन्त्रम् sun-dial.
    -यानम्, -रथः, -वाहनम् a vehicle drawn by men, a palanquin; नरयानादवातीर्य Par- ṇāl.4.17; Bhāg.1.59.37.
    -लोकः 1 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world.
    -2 mankind.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera; विजयदुन्दुभितां ययुरर्णवा घनरवा नर- वाहनसंपदः R.9.11.
    -विष्वणः a demon, goblin.
    -वीरः a brave man, hero.
    -व्याघ्रः, -शार्दूलः an eminent man.
    -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity.
    -संसर्गः human society.
    -सखः an epithet of Nārayaṇa; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3.
    -सिंहः, -हरिः 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. तव करकमलवरे नखमद्भुतशृङ्गं दलितहिरण्यकशिपुतनुभृङ्गम् । केशव धृत- नरहरिरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ Gīt.1.
    -सिंहद्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of फाल्गुन.
    -स्कन्धः a multi- tude or body of men.
    -हयम् a fight or enmity between man and horse.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > नरः _narḥ

  • 15 animus

    ănĭmus, i, m. [a Graeco-Italic form of anemos = wind (as ego, lego, of ego, lego); cf. Sanscr. an = to breathe, anas = breath, anilas = wind; Goth. uz-ana = exspiro; Erse, anal = breath; Germ. Unst = a storm (so, sometimes); but Curt. does not extend the connection to AФ, aêmi = to blow; a modification of animus—by making which the Romans took a step in advance of the Greeks, who used hê psuchê for both these ideas—is anima, which has the physical meaning of anemos, so that Cic. was theoretically right, but historically wrong, when he said, ipse animus ab anima dictus est, Tusc. 1, 9, 19; after the same analogy we have from psuchô = to breathe, blow, psuchê = breath, life, soul; from pneô = to breathe, pneuma = air, breath, life, in class. Greek, and = spirit, a spiritual being, in Hellenistic Greek; from spiro = to breathe, blow, spiritus = breath, breeze, energy, high spirit, and poet. and post-Aug. = soul, mind; the Engl. ghost = Germ. Geist may be comp. with Germ. giessen and cheô, to pour, and for this interchange of the ideas of gases and liquids, cf. Sol. 22: insula adspiratur freto Gallico, is flowed upon, washed, by the Gallic Strait; the Sanscr. atman = breath, soul, with which comp. aytmê = breath; Germ. Odem = breath, and Athem = breath, soul, with which group Curt. connects auô, aêmi; the Heb. = breath, life, soul; and = breath, wind, life, spirit, soul or mind].
    I.
    In a general sense, the rational soul in man (in opp. to the body, corpus, and to the physical life, anima), hê psuchê:

    humanus animus decerptus ex mente divina,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    Corpus animum praegravat, Atque affixit humo divinae particulam aurae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 77:

    credo deos immortales sparsisse animos in corpora humana, ut essent qui terras tuerentur etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 77:

    eas res tueor animi non corporis viribus,

    id. ib. 11, 38; so id. Off. 1, 23, 79:

    quae (res) vel infirmis corporibus animo tamen administratur,

    id. Sen. 6, 15; id. Off. 1, 29, 102:

    omnes animi cruciatus et corporis,

    id. Cat. 4, 5, 10:

    levantes Corpus et animum,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 141:

    formam et figuram animi magis quam corporis complecti,

    Tac. Agr. 46; id. H. 1, 22:

    animi validus et corpore ingens,

    id. A. 15, 53:

    Aristides primus animum pinxit et sensus hominis expressit, quae vocantur Graece ethe, item perturbationes,

    first painted the soul, put a soul into his figures, Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 98 (cf.:

    animosa signa,

    life-like statues, Prop. 4, 8, 9): si nihil esset in eo (animo), nisi id, ut per eum viveremus, i. e. were it mere anima, Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:

    Singularis est quaedam natura atque vis animi, sejuncta ab his usitatis notisque naturis, i. e. the four material elements,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 66: Neque nos corpora sumus. Cum igitur nosce te dicit, hoc dicit, nosce animum tuum, id. ib. 1, 22, 52:

    In quo igitur loco est (animus)? Credo equidem in capite,

    id. ib. 1, 29, 70:

    corpora nostra, terreno principiorum genere confecta, ardore animi concalescunt,

    derive their heat from the fiery nature of the soul, id. ib. 1, 18, 42:

    Non valet tantum animus, ut se ipsum ipse videat: at, ut oculus, sic animus, se non videns alia cernit,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 67: foramina illa ( the senses), quae patent ad animum a corpore, callidissimo artificio natura fabricata est, id. ib. 1, 20, 47: dum peregre est animus sine corpore velox, independently of the body, i. e. the mind roaming in thought, Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 13:

    discessus animi a corpore,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 30, 72:

    cum nihil erit praeter animum,

    when there shall be nothing but the soul, when the soul shall be disembodied, id. ib. 1, 20, 47; so,

    animus vacans corpore,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 50; and:

    animus sine corpore,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 51:

    sine mente animoque nequit residere per artus pars ulla animai,

    Lucr. 3, 398 (for the pleonasm here, v. infra, II. A. 1.):

    Reliquorum sententiae spem adferunt posse animos, cum e corporibus excesserint in caelum pervenire,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    permanere animos arbitramur consensu nationum omnium,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 36:

    Pherecydes primus dixit animos esse hominum sempiternos,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 38:

    Quod ni ita se haberet, ut animi immortales essent, haud etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82: immortalitas animorum, id. ib. 21, 78; id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24; 1, 14, 30:

    aeternitas animorum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 39; 1, 22, 50 (for the plur. animorum, in this phrase, cf. Cic. Sen. 23, 84); for the atheistic notions about the soul, v. Lucr. bk. iii.—
    II.
    In a more restricted sense, the mind as thinking, feeling, willing, the intellect, the sensibility, and the will, acc. to the almost universally received division of the mental powers since the time of Kant (Diog. Laert. 8, 30, says that Pythagoras divided hê psuchê into ho nous, hai phrenes, and ho thumos; and that man had ho nous and ho thumos in common with other animals, but he alone had hai phrenes. Here ho nous and ho thumos must denote the understanding and the sensibility, and hai phrenes, the reason. Plutarch de Placit. 4, 21, says that the Stoics called the supreme faculty of the mind (to hêgemonikon tês psuchês) ho logismos, reason. Cic. sometimes speaks of a twofold division; as, Est animus in partes tributus duas, quarum altera rationis est particeps, altera expers (i. e. to logistikon and to alogon of Plato; cf. Tert. Anim. 16), i. e. the reason or intellect and the sensibility, Tusc. 2, 21, 47; so id. Off. 1, 28, 101; 1, 36, 132; id. Tusc 4, 5, 10; and again of a threefold; as, Plato triplicem finxit animum, cujus principatum, id est rationem in capite sicut in arce posuit, et duas partes ( the two other parts) ei parere voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quas locis disclusit; iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia locavit, i. e. the reason or intellect, and the sensibility here resolved into desire and aversion, id. ib. 1, 10, 20; so id. Ac. 2, 39, 124. The will, hê boulêsis, voluntas, arbitrium, seems to have been sometimes merged in the sensibility, ho thumos, animus, animi, sensus, and sometimes identified with the intellect or reason, ho nous, ho logismos, mens, ratio).
    A.
    1.. The general power of perception and thought, the reason, intellect, mind (syn.: mens, ratio, ingenium), ho nous:

    cogito cum meo animo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 13; so Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 55:

    cum animis vestris cogitare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24:

    recordari cum animo,

    id. Clu. 25, 70;

    and without cum: animo meditari,

    Nep. Ages. 4, 1; cf. id. Ham. 4, 2:

    cogitare volvereque animo,

    Suet. Vesp. 5:

    animo cogitare,

    Vulg. Eccli. 37, 9:

    statuere apud animum,

    Liv. 34, 2:

    proposui in animo meo,

    Vulg. Eccli. 1, 12:

    nisi me animus fallit, hi sunt, etc.,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 23:

    in dubio est animus,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; id. ib. prol. 1; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 29:

    animum ad se ipsum advocamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    lumen animi, ingenii consiliique tui,

    id. Rep. 6, 12 al. —

    For the sake of rhet. fulness, animus often has a synonym joined with it: Mens et animus et consilium et sententia civitatis posita est in legibus,

    Cic. Clu. 146:

    magnam cui mentem animumque Delius inspirat vates,

    Verg. A. 6, 11:

    complecti animo et cogitatione,

    Cic. Off. 1, 32, 117; id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:

    animis et cogitatione comprehendere,

    id. Fl. 27, 66:

    cum omnia ratione animoque lustraris,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56:

    animorum ingeniorumque naturale quoddam quasi pabulum consideratio naturae,

    id. Ac. 2, 41, 127.—Hence the expressions: agitatio animi, attentio, contentio; animi adversio; applicatio animi; judicium, opinio animorum, etc. (v. these vv.); and animum advertere, adjungere, adplicare, adpellere, inducere, etc. (v. these vv.).—
    2.
    Of particular faculties of mind, the memory:

    etiam nunc mihi Scripta illa dicta sunt in animo Chrysidis,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 46:

    An imprimi, quasi ceram, animum putamus etc. (an idea of Aristotle's),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 25, 61:

    ex animo effluere,

    id. de Or. 2, 74, 300: omnia fert aetas, animum quoque;

    ... Nunc oblita mihi tot carmina,

    Verg. E. 9, 51.—
    3.
    Consciousness (physically considered) or the vital power, on which consciousness depends ( = conscientia, q. v. II. A., or anima, q. v. II. E.):

    vae miserae mihi. Animo malest: aquam velim,

    I'm fainting, my wits are going, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 6; id. Curc. 2, 3, 33:

    reliquit animus Sextium gravibus acceptis vulneribus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38:

    Una eademque via sanguis animusque sequuntur,

    Verg. A. 10, 487:

    animusque reliquit euntem,

    Ov. M. 10, 459:

    nisi si timor abstulit omnem Sensum animumque,

    id. ib. 14, 177:

    linqui deinde animo et submitti genu coepit,

    Curt. 4, 6, 20: repente animo linqui solebat, Suet. Caes. 45:

    ad recreandos defectos animo puleio,

    Plin. 20, 14, 54, § 152.—
    4.
    The conscience, in mal. part. (v. conscientia, II. B. 2. b.):

    cum conscius ipse animus se remordet,

    Lucr. 4, 1135:

    quos conscius animus exagitabat,

    Sall. C. 14, 3:

    suae malae cogitationes conscientiaeque animi terrent,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 67.—
    5.
    In Plaut. very freq., and once also in Cic., meton. for judicium, sententia, opinion, judgment; mostly meo quidem animo or meo animo, according to my mind, in my opinion, Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 17:

    e meo quidem animo aliquanto facias rectius, si, etc.,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 3:

    meo quidem animo, hic tibi hodie evenit bonus,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 69; so id. Aul. 3, 5, 4; id. Curc. 4, 2, 28; id. Bacch. 3, 2, 10; id. Ep. 1, 2, 8; id. Poen. 1, 2, 23; id. Rud. 4, 4, 94; Cic. Sest. 22:

    edepol lenones meo animo novisti,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 19:

    nisi, ut meus est animus, fieri non posse arbitror,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 5 (cf.:

    EX MEI ANIMI SENTENTIA,

    Inscr. Orell. 3665:

    ex animi tui sententia,

    Cic. Off. 3, 29, 108).—
    6.
    The imagination, the fancy (for which Cic. often uses cogitatio, as Ac. 2, 15, 48):

    cerno animo sepultam patriam, miseros atque insepultos acervos civium,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 11:

    fingere animo jubebat aliquem etc.,

    id. Sen. 12, 41: Fingite animis;

    litterae enim sunt cogitationes nostrae, et quae volunt, sic intuentur, ut ea cernimus, quae videmus,

    id. Mil. 29, 79:

    Nihil animo videre poterant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 16, 38.—
    B.
    The power of feeling, the sensibility, the heart, the feelings, affections, inclinations, disposition, passions (either honorable or base; syn.: sensus, adfectus, pectus, cor), ho thumos.
    1.
    a.. In gen., heart, soul, spirit, feeling, inclination, affection, passion: Medea, animo aegra, amore saevo saucia, Enn. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 22 (cf. Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 36:

    animo hercle homo suo est miser): tu si animum vicisti potius quam animus te, est quod gaudeas, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 27 -29:

    harum scelera et lacrumae confictae dolis Redducunt animum aegrotum ad misericordiam,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 27:

    Quo gemitu conversi animi (sunt),

    Verg. A. 2, 73:

    Hoc fletu concussi animi,

    id. ib. 9, 498;

    4, 310: animum offendere,

    Cic. Lig. 4; id. Deiot. 33; so Vulg. Gen. 26, 35.—Mens and animus are often conjoined and contrasted, mind and heart (cf. the Homeric kata phrena kai kata thumon, in mind and heart): mentem atque animum delectat suum, entertains his mind and delights his heart, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10:

    Satin tu sanus mentis aut animi tui?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 53:

    mala mens, malus animus,

    bad mind, bad heart, Ter. And. 1, 1, 137:

    animum et mentem meam ipsa cogitatione hominum excellentium conformabam,

    Cic. Arch. 6, 14:

    Nec vero corpori soli subveniendum est, sed menti atque animo multo magis,

    id. Sen. 11, 36:

    ut omnium mentes animosque perturbaret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 1, 21:

    Istuc mens animusque fert,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 8:

    Stare Socrates dicitur tamquam quodam recessu mentis atque animi facto a corpore,

    Gell. 2, 1; 15, 2, 7.—

    And very rarely with this order inverted: Jam vero animum ipsum mentemque hominis, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 147:

    mente animoque nobiscum agunt,

    Tac. G. 29:

    quem nobis animum, quas mentes imprecentur,

    id. H. 1, 84;

    and sometimes pleon. without such distinction: in primis regina quietum Accipit in Teucros animum mentemque benignam,

    a quiet mind and kindly heart, Verg. A. 1, 304; so,

    pravitas animi atque ingenii,

    Vell. 2, 112, 7 (for mens et animus, etc., in the sense of thought, used as a pleonasm, v. supra, II. A. 1.):

    Verum animus ubi semel se cupiditate devinxit mala, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 34:

    animus perturbatus et incitatus nec cohibere se potest, nec quo loco vult insistere,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 18, 41:

    animum comprimit,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 53:

    animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    id. ib. 4, 37, 81; id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1:

    sed quid ego hic animo lamentor,

    Enn. Ann. 6, 40:

    tremere animo,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4:

    ingentes animo concipit iras,

    Ov. M. 1, 166:

    exsultare animo,

    id. ib. 6, 514.—So often ex animo, from the heart, from the bottom of one's heart, deeply, truly, sincerely:

    Paulum interesse censes ex animo omnia facias an de industria?

    from your heart or with some design, Ter. And. 4, 4, 55; id. Ad. 1, 1, 47:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    id. Heaut. 5, 2, 6: verbum [p. 124] ex animo dicere, id. Eun. 1, 2, 95:

    sive ex animo id fit sive simulate,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 67, 168:

    majore studio magisve ex animo petere non possum,

    id. Fam. 11, 22:

    ex animo vereque diligi,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 2:

    ex animo dolere,

    Hor. A. P. 432:

    quae (gentes) dederunt terram meam sibi cum gaudio et toto corde et ex animo,

    Vulg. Ezech. 36, 5; ib. Eph. 6, 6; ib. 1 Pet. 5, 3.—And with gen.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    Quid illam miseram animi excrucias?

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 76; 4, 6, 65:

    Antipho me excruciat animi,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:

    discrucior animi,

    id. Ad. 4, 4, 1:

    in spe pendebit animi,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 5: juvenemque animi miserata repressit, pitying him in her heart, thumôi phileousa te kêdomenê te (Hom. Il. 1, 196), Verg. A. 10, 686.—
    (β).
    With adjj.:

    aeger animi,

    Liv. 1, 58; 2, 36; 6, 10; Curt. 4, 3, 11; Tac. H. 3, 58:

    infelix animi,

    Verg. A. 4, 529:

    felix animi,

    Juv. 14, 159:

    victus animi,

    Verg. G. 4, 491:

    ferox animi,

    Tac. A. 1, 32:

    promptus animi,

    id. H. 2, 23:

    praestans animi,

    Verg. A. 12, 19:

    ingens animi,

    Tac. A. 1, 69 (for this gen. v. Ramsh. Gr. p. 323; Key, § 935; Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. v. 105; Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 443).—
    b.
    Meton., disposition, character (so, often ingenium): nimis paene animo es Molli, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 49:

    animo audaci proripit sese,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 109 Rib.:

    petulans protervo, iracundo animo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 3, 1; id. Truc. 4, 3, 1:

    ubi te vidi animo esse omisso (omisso = neglegenti, Don.),

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9; Cic. Fam. 2. 17 fin.:

    promptus animus vester,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2: animis estis simplicibus et mansuetis nimium creditis unicuique, Auct. ad Her. 4, 37:

    eorum animi molles et aetate fluxi dolis haud difficulter capiebantur,

    Sall. C. 14, 5:

    Hecabe, Non oblita animorum, annorum oblita suorum,

    Ov. M. 13, 550:

    Nihil est tam angusti animi tamque parvi, quam amare divitias,

    Cic. Off. 1, 20, 68:

    sordidus atque animi parvi,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 10; Vell. 2, 25, 3:

    Drusus animi fluxioris erat,

    Suet. Tib. 52.—
    2.
    In particular, some one specific emotion, inclination, or passion (honorable or base; in this signif., in the poets and prose writers, very freq. in the plur.). —
    a.
    Courage, spirit:

    ibi nostris animus additus est,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 94; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 31; id. And. 2, 1, 33:

    deficiens animo maesto cum corde jacebat,

    Lucr. 6, 1232:

    virtute atque animo resistere,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 8:

    fac animo magno fortique sis,

    id. ib. 6, 14 fin.:

    Cassio animus accessit, et Parthis timor injectus est,

    id. Att. 5, 20, 3:

    nostris animus augetur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 70:

    mihi in dies magis animus accenditur,

    Sall. C. 20, 6; Cic. Att. 5, 18; Liv. 8, 19; 44, 29:

    Nunc demum redit animus,

    Tac. Agr. 3:

    bellica Pallas adest, Datque animos,

    Ov. M. 5, 47:

    pares annis animisque,

    id. ib. 7, 558:

    cecidere illis animique manusque,

    id. ib. 7, 347 (cf.:

    tela viris animusque cadunt,

    id. F. 3, 225) et saep.—Hence, bono animo esse or uti, to be of good courage, Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5: Am. Bono animo es. So. Scin quam bono animo sim? Plaut. Am. 22, 39:

    In re mala animo si bono utare, adjuvat,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 9:

    bono animo fac sis,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 5, 1:

    quin tu animo bono es,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    quare bono animo es,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18; so Vulg. 2 Macc. 11, 26; ib. Act. 18, 25;

    so also, satis animi,

    sufficient courage, Ov. M. 3, 559.—Also for hope:

    magnus mihi animus est, hodiernum diem initium libertatis fore,

    Tac. Agr, 30.— Trop., of the violent, stormy motion of the winds of AEolus:

    Aeolus mollitque animos et temperat iras,

    Verg. A. 1, 57.—Of a top:

    dant animos plagae,

    give it new force, quicker motion, Verg. A. 7, 383.—

    Of spirit in discourse: in Asinio Pollione et consilii et animi satis,

    Quint. 10, 1, 113. —
    b.
    Haughtiness, arrogance, pride: quae civitas est in Asia, quae unius tribuni militum animos ac spiritus capere possit? can bear the arrogance and pride, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 66:

    jam insolentiam noratis hominis: noratis animos ejus ac spiritus tribunicios,

    id. Clu. 39, 109; so id. Caecin. 11 al.; Ov. Tr. 5, 8, 3 (cf.:

    quia paululum vobis accessit pecuniae, Sublati animi sunt,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 56).—
    c.
    Violent passion, vehemence, wrath:

    animum vincere, iracundiam cohibere, etc.,

    Cic. Marcell. 3:

    animum rege, qui nisi paret Imperat,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 62:

    qui dominatur animo suo,

    Vulg. Prov. 16, 32.—So often in plur.; cf hoi thumoi: ego meos animos violentos meamque iram ex pectore jam promam, Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 43:

    vince animos iramque tuam,

    Ov. H. 3, 85; id. M. 8, 583; Prop. 1, 5, 12:

    Parce tuis animis, vita, nocere tibi,

    id. 2, 5, 18:

    Sic longius aevum Destruit ingentes animos,

    Luc. 8, 28:

    coeunt sine more, sine arte, Tantum animis iraque,

    Stat. Th. 11, 525 al. —
    d.
    Moderation, patience, calmness, contentedness, in the phrase aequus animus, an even mind:

    si est animus aequos tibi,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 10; id. Rud. 2, 3, 71; Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 145; and often in the abl., aequo animo, with even mind, patiently, etc.:

    aequo animo ferre,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 23; Cic. Tusc. 1, 39, 93; id. Sen. 23, 84; Nep. Dion. 6, 4; Liv. 5, 39:

    aequo animo esse,

    Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7; ib. Judith, 7, 23: Aequo animo est? of merry heart (Gr. euthumei), ib. Jac. 5, 13:

    animis aequis remittere,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    aequiore animo successorem opperiri,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    haud aequioribus animis audire,

    Liv. 23, 22: sapientissimus quisque aequissimo animo moritur; stultissimus iniquissimo. Cic. Sen. 23, 83; so id. Tusc. 1, 45, 109; Sall. C. 3, 2; Suet. Aug. 56:

    iniquo animo,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 150 Rib.; Cic. Tusc. 2, 2, 5; Quint. 11, 1, 66.—
    e.
    Agreeable feeling, pleasure, delight:

    cubat amans animo obsequens,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 134:

    indulgent animis, et nulla quid utile cura est,

    Ov. M. 7, 566; so, esp. freq.: animi causa (in Plaut. once animi gratia), for the sake of amusement, diversion (cf.:

    haec (animalia) alunt animi voluptatisque causa,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12):

    Post animi causa mihi navem faciam,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 27; so id. Trin. 2, 2, 53; id. Ep. 1, 1, 43:

    liberare fidicinam animi gratia,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 90:

    qui illud animi causa fecerit, hunc praedae causa quid facturum putabis?

    Cic. Phil. 7, 6:

    habet animi causa rus amoenum et suburbanum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 46 Matth.; cf. id. ib. § 134, and Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 17, 56; Cic. Fam. 7, 2:

    Romanos in illis munitionibus animine causa cotidie exerceri putatis?

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77; Plin. praef. 17 Sill.—
    f.
    Disposition toward any one:

    hoc animo in nos esse debebis, ut etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1 fin.:

    meus animus erit in te semper, quem tu esse vis,

    id. ib. 5, 18 fin.:

    qui, quo animo inter nos simus, ignorant,

    id. ib. 3, 6; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    5, 2: In quo in primis quo quisque animo, studio, benevolentia fecerit, ponderandum est,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 49:

    quod (Allobroges) nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,

    to be well disposed, Caes. B. G. 1, 6 fin. —In the pregn. signif. of kind, friendly feeling, affection, kindness, liberality:

    animum fidemque praetorianorum erga se expertus est,

    Suet. Oth. 8:

    Nec non aurumque animusque Latino est,

    Verg. A. 12, 23.—Hence, meton., of a person who is loved, my heart, my soul:

    salve, anime mi,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 3:

    da, meus ocellus, mea rosa, mi anime, da, mea voluptas,

    id. As. 3, 3, 74; so id. ib. 5, 2, 90; id. Curc. 1, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 48; id. Most. 1, 4, 23; id. Men. 1, 3, 1; id. Mil. 4, 8, 20; id. Rud. 4, 8, 1; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 15 et saep. —
    C.
    The power of willing, the will, inclination, desire, purpose, design, intention (syn.: voluntas, arbitrium, mens, consilium, propositum), hê boulêsis:

    qui rem publicam animo certo adjuverit,

    Att. Trag Rel. p. 182 Rib.:

    pro inperio tuo meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 23:

    Ex animique voluntate id procedere primum,

    goes forth at first from the inclination of the soul, Lucr. 2, 270; so,

    pro animi mei voluntate,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 8 (v. Manut. ad h.l.):

    teneo, quid animi vostri super hac re siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; 1, 1, 187:

    Nam si semel tuom animum ille intellexerit, Prius proditurum te etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 69:

    Prius quam tuom ut sese habeat animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    id. And. 2, 3, 4:

    Sin aliter animus voster est, ego etc.,

    id. Ad. 3, 4, 46:

    Quid mi istaec narras? an quia non audisti, de hac re animus meus ut sit?

    id. Hec. 5, 2, 19:

    qui ab auro gazaque regia manus, oculos, animum cohibere possit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 66:

    istum exheredare in animo habebat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52: nobis crat in animo Ciceronem ad Caesarem mittere, we had it in mind to send, etc., id. Fam. 14, 11; Serv. ad Cic. ib. 4, 12:

    hostes in foro constiterunt, hoc animo, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28:

    insurrexerunt uno animo in Paulum,

    with one mind, Vulg. Act. 18, 12; 19, 29: persequi Jugurtham animus ardebat, Sall. J. 39, 5 Gerlach (others, animo, as Dietsch); so id. de Rep. Ord. 1, 8: in nova fert an mus mutatas dicere formas, my mind inclines to tell of, etc., Ov. M. 1, 1.—Hence, est animus alicui, with inf., to have a mind for something, to aim at, etc.:

    omnibus unum Opprimere est animus,

    Ov. M. 5, 150:

    Sacra Jovi Stygio perficere est animus,

    Verg. A. 4, 639:

    Fuerat animus conjuratis corpus occisi in Tiberim trahere,

    Suet. Caes. 82 fin.; id. Oth. 6; cf. id. Calig. 56.—So, aliquid alicui in animo est, with inf., Tac. G. 3.—So, inducere in animum or animum, to resolve upon doing something; v. induco.—
    D.
    Trop., of the principle of life and activity in irrational objects, as in Engl. the word mind is used.
    1.
    Of brutes:

    in bestiis, quarum animi sunt rationis expertes,

    whose minds, Cic. Tusc. 1, 33, 80:

    Sunt bestiae, in quibus etiam animorum aliqua ex parte motus quosdam videmus,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    ut non inscite illud dictum videatur in sue, animum illi pecudi datum pro sale, ne putisceret,

    id. ib. 5, 13, 38, ubi v. Madv.:

    (apes Ingentes animos angusto in pectore versant,

    Verg. G. 4, 83:

    Illiusque animos, qui multos perdidit unus, Sumite serpentis,

    Ov. M. 3, 544:

    cum pecudes pro regionis caelique statu et habitum corporis et ingenium animi et pili colorem gerant,

    Col. 6, 1, 1:

    Umbria (boves progenerat) vastos nec minus probabiles animis quam corporibus,

    id. 6, 1, 2 si equum ipsum nudum et solum corpus ejus et animum contemplamur, App. de Deo Socr. 23 (so sometimes mens:

    iniquae mentis asellus,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 20).—
    2.
    Of plants:

    haec quoque Exuerint silvestrem animum, i. e. naturam, ingenium,

    their wild nature, Verg. G. 2, 51.—
    III.
    Transf. Of God or the gods, as we say, the Divine Mind, the Mind of God:

    certe et deum ipsum et divinum animum corpore liberatum cogitatione complecti possumus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 22, 51 (so mens, of God, id. ib. 1, 22, 66; id. Ac. 2, 41, 126):

    Tantaene animis caelestibus irae?

    Verg. A. 1, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animus

  • 16 anima

    ănĭma, ae, f. ( gen. animāï, Lucr. 1, 112; 3, 150 et saep.; cf. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 12; Lachm. ad Lucr. 1, 29; dat. and abl. plur. regul. animis, Cic. Fam. 14, 14; Lact. Inst. 6, 20, 19; 7, 2, 1; Arn. 2, 18; 2, 30; 2, 33; Aug. Civ. Dei, 13, 18; 13, 19; id. Ver. Relig. 22, 43:

    animabus, only in eccl. and later Lat.,

    Vulg. Exod. 30, 12; ib. Psa. 77, 18; ib. Matt. 11, 29; ib. Heb. 13, 17 et saep.; Tert. adv. Marc. 4, 34; id. Anim. 33 al.; Aug. Civ. Dei, 19, 23; Prud. c. Symm. 1, 531; Aus. Rer. Odyss. 11; Serv. ad Verg. A. 6, 136 al.; Neue, Formenl. I. p. 29) [v. animus], pr. that which blows or breathes; hence,
    I.
    Lit., air, a current of air, a breeze, wind (mostly poet.):

    ne quid animae forte amittat dormiens,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 23 sq.: vela ventorum animae immittere, Att. ap. Non. p. 234, 9 (Trag. Rel. p. 137 Rib.):

    aurarum leves animae,

    Lucr. 5, 236:

    prece quaesit Ventorum pavidus paces animasque secundas,

    he anxiously implores a lull in the winds and a favoring breeze, id. 5, 1229:

    impellunt animae lintea,

    Hor. C. 4, 12, 2:

    Ne dubites quin haec animaï turbida sit vis,

    Lucr. 6, 693: Quantum ignes animaeque [p. 121] valent (of the wind in the workshop of Vulcan), Verg. A. 8, 403.—Also of a flame of fire (blowing like the air): noctilucam tollo, ad focum fero, inflo; anima reviviscit, Varr. ap. Non. p. 234, 5.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen., the air, as an element, like fire, water, and earth (mostly poet.): aqua, terra, anima et sol, Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 1, 4, 1:

    qui quattuor ex rebus posse omnia rentur, Ex igni, terrā atque animā, procrescere et imbri,

    Lucr. 1, 715:

    ut, quem ad modum ignis animae, sic anima aquae, quodque anima aquae, id aqua terrae proportione redderet. Earum quattuor rerum etc.,

    Cic. Tim. 5:

    utrum (animus) sit ignis, an anima, an sanguis,

    id. Ac. 2, 39, 124:

    si anima est (animus), fortasse dissipabitur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 1, 24; 1, 25, 6:

    si deus aut anima aut ignis est, idem est animus hominis,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 65:

    animus ex inflammatā animā constat, ut potissimum videri video Panaetio,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 42:

    Semina terrarumque animaeque,

    Verg. E. 6, 32.—
    B.
    The air inhaled and exhaled, breath (concr.); while spiritus denotes orig. breathing (abstr.; very freq. in prose and poetry); cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 54, 136:

    excipiat animam eam, quae ducta sit spiritu,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 44:

    animam compressi, aurem admovi,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 28 Ruhnk.:

    animam recipe,

    take breath, id. Ad. 3, 2, 26:

    cum spiritus ejus (sc. Demosthenis) esset angustior, tantum continendā animā in dicendo est assecutus, ut, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261:

    ne circuitus ipse verborum sit longior quam vires atque anima patiatur,

    id. ib. 3, 49, 191; 3, 46, 181; id. N. D. 2, 54, 136: fetida anima nasum oppugnat, Titin. ap. Non. p. 233, 5 (Com. Rel. p. 136 Rib.); Caecil. ib. 9:

    qui non modo animum integrum, sed ne animam quidem puram conservare potuisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58: animas et olentia Medi Ora fovent illo, with this the Medes correct their breath, etc., Verg. G. 2, 134:

    respiramen iterque Eripiunt animae,

    Ov. M. 12, 143; cf. id. F. 1, 425:

    animae gravitas,

    bad smell of the breath, Plin. 20, 9, 35, § 91; cf. id. 11, 37, 72, § 188; 22, 25, 64, § 132 al.:

    artavit clusitque animam,

    Luc. 4, 370; so Tac. A. 6, 50:

    spes illorum abominatio animae,

    Vulg. Job, 11, 20.—Of breath exhaled:

    inspirant graves animas,

    Ov. M. 4, 498.— Of the air breathed into a musical instrument, a breath of air, Varr. ap. Non. p. 233. 13.—Since air is a necessary condition of life,
    C.
    1.. The vital principle, the breath of life:

    animus est, quo sapimus, anima, quā vivimus,

    Non. p. 426, 27 (hence anima denotes the animal principle of life, in distinction from animus, the spiritual, reasoning, willing principle; very freq. in Lucr. and class.): Mater est terra, ea parit corpus, animam aether adjugat, Pac. ap. Non. p. 75, 11 (Trag. Rel. p. 88 Rib.):

    tunc cum primis ratione sagaci, Unde anima atque animi constet natura, videndum,

    whence spring life and the nature of the mind, Lucr. 1, 131; 3, 158 sq.; so id. 3, 417 sq.; 3, 565; 3, 705; 2, 950; 4, 922; 4, 944; 4, 959; 6, 798; 6, 1223;

    6, 1233 et saep.: deus totus est sensuus, totus visuus, totus audituus, totus animae, totus animi, totus sui,

    Plin. 2, 7, 5, § 14 Jan:

    quaedam (animantia) animum habent, quaedam tantum animam,

    Sen. Ep. 58:

    anima omnis carnis in sanguine est,

    Vulg. Lev. 17, 14 al. —Hence,
    2.
    In gen., life:

    cum anima corpus liquerit,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 214 Rib.:

    Animae pauxillulum in me habet,

    Naev. Com. Rel. p. 14 Rib.: Date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 31 (Trag. Rel. p. 37 Rib.): me dicabo atque animam devōvo (i. e. devovero) hostibus, Att. ap. Non. p. 98, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.):

    conficit animam vis volneris,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 209 Rib.:

    adimere animam,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 137; so id. Men. 5, 5, 7:

    exstinguere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 16:

    relinquere,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 52:

    edere,

    Cic. Sest. 38:

    de vestrā vitā, de conjugum vestrarum ac liberorum animā judicandum est,

    id. Cat. 4, 9, 18:

    si tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 50:

    libertas et anima nostra in dubio est,

    Sall. C. 52, 6:

    pauci, quibus relicta est anima, clausi in tenebris, etc.,

    id. J. 14, 15; cf.

    retinere,

    id. ib. 31, 20:

    de manu viri et fratris ejus requiram animam hominis,

    Vulg. Gen. 9, 5; ib. Matt. 2, 20; ib. 1 Cor. 14, 7:

    animam agere,

    to give up the ghost, to die, Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19;

    so also efflare,

    to expire, id. ib.; id. Mil. 18 fin.; Suet. Aug. 99; so,

    exhalare,

    Ov. M. 15, 528; and, exspirare, id. ib. 5, 106 (cf. in Gr. thumon apopneein, psuchên ekpneein, bion apopsuchein, etc.):

    deponere,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 3:

    ponere,

    Vulg. Joan. 10, 17; 13, 27:

    amittere,

    Lucr. 6, 1233:

    emittere,

    Nep. Epam. 9, 3 Br. (so in Gr. aphienai tên psuchên):

    proicere,

    Verg. A. 6, 436:

    purpuream vomit ille animam, said of a wounded man,

    id. ib. 9, 349.—In Vulg. Matt. 16, 25 and 26, anima in v. 25 seems to pass to the higher meaning, soul, (cf. infra, II. D.) in v. 26, as hê psuchê in the original also can do.— Poet.:

    anima amphorae,

    the fumes of wine, Phaedr. 3, 1: Ni ego illi puteo, si occepso, animam omnem intertraxero, draw up all the life of that well, i. e. draw it dry, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 41.— Trop.:

    corpus imperii unius praesidis nutu, quasi animā et mente, regeretur,

    Flor. 4, 3:

    accentus quasi anima vocis est,

    Pompon. p. 67 Lind.—Prov.: animam debere, to owe life itself, of one deeply in debt:

    quid si animam debet?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 56 (Graecum proverbium: kai autên tên psuchên opheilei, Don.).—Metaph., applied to plants and other things possessing organic life, Sen. Ep. 58; so Plin. 17, 21, 35, § 152; 31, 1, 1, § 3; 14, 1, 3, § 16 al.—
    3.
    Meton., a creature endowed with anima, a living being: ova parere solet genu' pennis condecoratum, non animam, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, 10, 18:

    hi (deos) fibris animāque litant,

    Stat. Th. 2, 246; Vulg. Gen. 2, 7; ib. Josh. 11, 11; ib. Luc. 9, 56; ib. Act. 2, 43 et saep.:

    animae rationis expertes,

    Lact. 3, 8.—So esp. of men (as we also say souls for persons; poet. or in post-Aug. prose):

    egregias animas, quae sanguine nobis Hanc patriam peperere suo, etc.,

    Verg. A. 11, 24:

    animae quales nec candidiores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 41; Luc. 5, 322:

    vos Treveri et ceterae servientium animae,

    ministering spirits, Tac. H. 4, 32.—So in enumerations in eccl. Lat.:

    hos genuit Jacob sedecim animas,

    Vulg. Gen. 46, 18; 46, 22; ib. Act. 2, 41; 7, 14.—Of slaves (eccl. Lat.):

    merces animarum hominum,

    Vulg. Apoc. 18, 13 (after the use of hê psuchê and). —Hence, also, souls separated from the body, the shades of the Lower World, manes: Unde (ex Averno) animae excitantur, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    tu pias laetis animas reponis Sedibus,

    Hor. C. 1, 10, 17; cf. id. S. 1, 8, 29:

    animamque sepulcro Condimus,

    Verg. A. 3, 67; Ov. M. 7, 612; so id. ib. 8, 488; 10, 41; 14, 411; 15, 158; Suet. Caes. 88; so,

    vita: tenuīs sine corpore vitas volitare,

    Verg. A. 6, 292.—So in eccl. Lat. of departed spirits:

    timete eum, qui potest animam et corpus perdere in Gehennam,

    Vulg. Matt. 10, 28 bis:

    non derelinques animam meam in Inferno,

    ib. Act. 2, 27; ib. Apoc. 6, 9; 20, 4.—
    4.
    As expressive of love:

    vos, meae carissimae animae,

    my dearest souls, Cic. Fam. 14, 14; 14, 18:

    Pro quā non metuam mori, Si parcent animae fata superstiti,

    the dear surviving life, Hor. C. 3, 9, 12; cf.:

    animae dimidium meae,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 8:

    meae pars animae,

    id. ib. 2, 17, 5.—
    D.
    Sometimes for animus, as the rational soul of man.
    a.
    The mind as the seat of thought (cf. animus, II. A.):

    anima rationis consiliique particeps,

    Cic. N.D.1, 31, 87:

    causa in animā sensuque meo penitus affixa atque insita,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 53:

    ingenii facinora, sicut anima, immortalia sunt,

    Sall. J. 2, 2.—So often in eccl. Lat.:

    ad te Domine, levavi animam meam,

    Vulg. Psa. 24, 1; 102, 1; 118, 129:

    magnificat anima mea Dominum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 46; ib. Act. 15, 24 al.—
    b.
    As the seat of feeling (cf. animus, II. B.): sapimus animo, fruimur animā: sine animo anima est debilis, Att. ap. Non. p. 426, 29 (Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.):

    desiderat anima mea ad te, Deus,

    Vulg. Psa. 41, 2:

    tristis est anima mea,

    ib. Matt. 26, 38; ib. Joan. 10, 27 et saep.—
    E.
    For consciousness (cf. animus, II. A. 3. and conscientia, II. A.):

    cum perhibetur animam liquisse,

    Lucr. 3, 598; in this phrase animus is more common.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anima

  • 17 Negro

    'ni:ɡrəu
    feminine - Negress; noun
    (a name for a person belonging to or descended from the black-skinned race from the area of Africa south of the Sahara.) negro; negra


    negro 1
    ◊ - gra adjetivo
    a)pelo/hombre/raza black;
    ojos dark
    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned
    pasarlas negras (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq) ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( persona de raza negra) black person
    negro 2 sustantivo masculino ( color) black
    negro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 black (bronceado) suntanned
    pan negro, brown bread (oscuro) estaba negro como boca de lobo, it was pitch-black
    2 (muy sucio) filthy, black
    3 (suerte, situación) awful
    un día negro, a black day (lóbrego, triste) gloomy
    4 (furioso) furious: ese ruido me pone negra, that noise drives me up the wall
    5 (raza, música) black
    6 (no legalizado) mercado negro, black market
    II m,f (hombre) black man (mujer) black woman
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (color) black
    siempre viste de negro, she always dresses in black
    2 (tabaco) black tobacco
    3 (escritor anónimo) ghostwriter
    IV sustantivo femenino
    1 Mús crotchet, US quarter note
    2 (mala suerte) la negra, bad luck Locuciones: tener la negra, to be very unlucky: últimamente mi hermana tiene la negra, my sister's been having a run of bad luck recently
    vérselas negras para hacer algo, to have a tough time doing sthg ' negro' also found in these entries: Spanish: agujero - cielo - decidirse - dinero - fanática - fanático - fotografía - ir - garbanzo - humor - incondicional - mercado - negra - pantalla - pozo - tabaco - tizón - vestirse - azabache - blanco - café - carbón - chocolate - cinturón - ennegrecer - espiritual - frijol - manía - oro - televisión English: black - black hole - blackhead - buckwheat - cesspit - dappled - dark - dismal - fill out - ghostwriter - haul - intersperse - jet black - launder - laundering - monochrome - negro - nigger - normally - obtainable - off-day - or - pitch-black - pitch-dark - questionnaire - sick - the - turn - brown - change - coffee - ebony - edge - in - jet - Negro - slave - spiritual
    tr['niːgrəʊ]
    1 negro,-a
    1 negro
    Negro ['ni:.gro:] n, pl - groes : negro m, -gra f
    adj.
    negro, -a adj.
    n.
    negro s.m.
    'niːgrəʊ
    noun (pl Negroes) (often offensive) negro, -gra m,f
    ['niːɡrǝʊ] pej in US
    1.
    ADJ negro
    2.
    N
    (pl Negroes) negro m
    3.
    CPD
    * * *
    ['niːgrəʊ]
    noun (pl Negroes) (often offensive) negro, -gra m,f

    English-spanish dictionary > Negro

  • 18 light

    I 1. noun
    1) Licht, das

    in a good light — bei gutem Licht

    while the light lastssolange es [noch] hell ist

    light of day(lit. or fig.) Tageslicht, das

    2) (electric lamp) Licht, das; (fitting) Lampe, die

    go out like a light(fig.) sofort weg sein (ugs.)

    3) (signal to ships) Leuchtfeuer, das
    4) in sing. or pl. (signal to traffic) Ampel, die

    at the third set of lightsan der dritten Ampel

    5) (to ignite) Feuer, das

    put a/set light to something — etwas anzünden

    6)

    throw or shed light [up]on something — Licht in etwas (Akk.) bringen

    bring something to lightetwas ans [Tages]licht bringen; see also academic.ru/65424/see">see 1. 1)

    7) in pl. (beliefs, abilities)

    according to one's lights — nach bestem Wissen [und Gewissen]

    8) (aspect)

    in that lightaus dieser Sicht

    seen in this lightso gesehen

    in the light of(taking into consideration) angesichts (+ Gen.)

    put somebody in a good/bad light — jemanden in einem guten/schlechten Licht erscheinen lassen

    2. adjective

    light-blue/-brown — etc. hellblau/-braun usw

    3. transitive verb,
    1) (ignite) anzünden
    2) (illuminate) erhellen

    light somebody's/one's way — jemandem/sich leuchten

    4. intransitive verb,
    lit or lighted [Feuer, Zigarette:] brennen, sich anzünden lassen
    Phrasal Verbs:
    II 1. adjective

    [for] light relief — [als] kleine Abwechslung

    2) (small in amount) gering
    3) (not important) leicht
    4) (nimble) leicht [Schritt, Bewegungen]

    have light fingers(steal) gern lange Finger machen (ugs.)

    5) (easily borne) leicht [Krankheit, Strafe]; gering [Steuern]; mild [Strafe]
    6)

    with a light heart(carefree) leichten od. frohen Herzens

    7)

    feel light in the head(giddy) leicht benommen sein

    2. adverb

    travel lightmit wenig od. leichtem Gepäck reisen

    III intransitive verb,
    lit or lighted (come by chance)

    light [up]on something — auf etwas (Akk.) kommen od. stoßen

    * * *
    I 1. noun
    1) (the brightness given by the sun, a flame, lamps etc that makes things able to be seen: It was nearly dawn and the light was getting stronger; Sunlight streamed into the room.) das Licht
    2) (something which gives light (eg a lamp): Suddenly all the lights went out.) das Licht
    3) (something which can be used to set fire to something else; a flame: Have you got a light for my cigarette?) das Feuer
    4) (a way of viewing or regarding: He regarded her action in a favourable light.) das Licht
    2. adjective
    1) (having light; not dark: The studio was a large, light room.) licht, hell
    2) ((of a colour) pale; closer to white than black: light green.) hell
    3. [lit] verb
    1) (to give light to: The room was lit only by candles.) erleuchten
    2) (to (make something) catch fire: She lit the gas; I think this match is damp, because it won't light.) anzünden
    - lighter
    - lighting
    - lighthouse
    - light-year
    - bring to light
    - come to light
    - in the light of
    - light up
    - see the light
    - set light to
    II
    1) (easy to lift or carry; of little weight: I bought a light suitcase for plane journeys.) leicht
    2) (easy to bear, suffer or do: Next time the punishment will not be so light.) leicht
    3) ((of food) easy to digest: a light meal.) leicht
    4) (of less weight than it should be: The load of grain was several kilos light.) zu leicht
    5) (of little weight: Aluminium is a light metal.) leicht
    6) (lively or agile: She was very light on her feet.) leicht
    7) (cheerful; not serious: light music.) heiter
    8) (little in quantity; not intense, heavy, strong etc: light rain.) leicht
    9) ((of soil) containing a lot of sand.) locker
    - light-fingered
    - light-headed
    - light-hearted
    - lightweight
    - get off lightly
    - make light of
    - travel light
    III = light on - past tense, past participle lit [lit] - verb
    (to find by chance: While wandering round the town, we lit on a very cheap restaurant.)
    * * *
    light1
    [laɪt]
    I. n
    1. no pl (brightness) Licht nt
    is there enough \light? ist es hell genug?
    artificial/natural \light künstliches/natürliches Licht
    the \light of the sun das Sonnenlicht
    by the \light of the moon bei Mondschein
    by the \light of the candle im Schein der Kerze
    2. (light-giving thing) Licht nt, Lichtquelle f; (lamp) Lampe f
    as the \lights went... als die Lichter ausgingen,...
    to put [or switch] [or turn] the \light on/off das Licht einschalten/ausschalten [o fam anmachen/ausmachen
    3. no pl (fire) Feuer nt; (flame) [Kerzen]flamme f
    have you got a \light, please? Entschuldigung, haben Sie [vielleicht] Feuer?
    to catch \light Feuer fangen
    to set \light to sth BRIT etw anzünden
    to strike a \light ein Streichholz [o SCHWEIZ a. Zündholz] anzünden
    4. no pl (daylight) [Tages]licht nt
    at [the] first \light bei Tagesanbruch
    5. (for decoration)
    \lights pl:
    Christmas \lights Weihnachtsbeleuchtung f
    6. usu pl (traffic light) Ampel f
    7. (sparkle) Strahlen nt kein pl, Leuchten nt kein pl
    the light in his eyes das Strahlen in seinen Augen
    8. ( fig: perspective) Aspekt m, Perspektive f
    try to look at it in a new \light versuch' es doch mal aus einer anderen Perspektive zu sehen
    she started to see him in a new \light sie sah ihn plötzlich in einem ganz neuen Licht
    to show sth in a bad/good \light etw in einem schlechten/guten Licht erscheinen lassen
    to put sth in a favourable \light etw in ein günstiges Licht rücken
    9. no pl (enlightenment) Erleuchtung f
    I saw the \light! mir ging ein Licht auf! fam
    10. (spiritual illumination) Erleuchtung f
    \lights pl [geistige] Fähigkeiten
    to do sth according to one's \lights etw so gut machen, wie man es eben kann
    12. (bright part in picture/on object) Licht nt
    \light and shadow Licht und Schatten
    13. (window) Fenster nt; (window division) Oberlicht nt; (pane of glass) Fensterscheibe f
    14. ( fig: person) Leuchte f fam
    leading \light (best at something) großes Licht, Leuchte f fam; (leader) Nummer eins f fam
    a shining \light eine große Leuchte fam, ein großes Licht fam
    15. (beacon) Leuchtfeuer nt; (lighthouse) Leuchtturm m
    16.
    to bring sth to \light etw ans Licht bringen
    to cast [or shed] [or throw] \light on sth etw beleuchten fig, Licht in etw akk bringen
    to come to \light ans Licht kommen
    the \light at the end of the tunnel das Licht am Ende des Tunnels fig
    to hide one's \light under a bushel sein Licht unter den Scheffel stellen
    in the \light of sth [or AM usu in \light of sth] angesichts einer S. gen, im Lichte einer S. gen liter
    to be the \light of sb's life ( hum) die Sonne im Leben einer Person gen sein
    to be [or go] out like a \light ( fam: fall asleep) sofort weg sein fam; (faint) umkippen fam
    to see the \light of day (come into being) das Licht der Welt erblicken; (become known) ans Licht kommen
    II. adj
    1. (bright) hell
    it's slowly getting \light es wird allmählich hell
    summer is coming and the evenings are getting \lighter der Sommer kommt und es bleibt abends länger hell
    2. (pale) hell-; (stronger) blass-
    III. vt
    <lit or lighted, lit or lighted>
    to \light sth etw erhellen; stage, room etw beleuchten; ( fig)
    his investigations lit the way for many other scientists seine Forschungen waren wegweisend für viele andere Wissenschaftler
    2. (turn on)
    to \light an electric light das Licht einschalten [o fam anknipsen
    3. (guide with light)
    to \light sb jdm leuchten
    to \light a candle/match eine Kerze/ein Streichholz anzünden
    to \light a fire ein Feuer anzünden [o fam anmachen] [o SCHWEIZ a. anfeuern], Feuer machen
    to \light a cigarette/pipe sich dat eine Zigarette/Pfeife anzünden [o fam anstecken
    IV. vi
    <lit or lighted, lit or lighted>
    1. (burn) brennen
    2. ( fig: become animated) eyes, etc aufleuchten fig
    her face lit with pleasure sie strahlte vor Freude über das ganze Gesicht
    light2
    [laɪt]
    I. adj
    1. (not heavy) leicht
    to be as \light as a feather federleicht [o leicht wie eine Feder] sein
    2. (deficient in weight) zu leicht
    this sack of rice seems about 2 kilos \light ich habe den Eindruck, dieser Sack Reis wiegt 2 Kilo zu wenig
    to give sb \light weight jdm zu wenig abwiegen
    3. (not sturdily built) leicht
    \light clothes leichte Kleidung
    4. (for small loads) Klein-
    \light aircraft/lorry Kleinflugzeug nt/-lastwagen m
    \light railway Kleinbahn f
    5. MIL
    \light infantry leichte Infanterie
    6. (not fully loaded) aircraft/ship/vehicle nicht voll beladen
    7. (of food and drink) leicht; (low in fat) fettarm
    a \light diet eine fettarme Diät
    \light food leichtes Essen
    a \light meal eine leichte Mahlzeit
    \light pastry lockerer Teig
    \light wine leichter Wein
    8. (porous)
    \light soil lockeres Erdreich
    9. CHEM leicht
    \light isotope leichtes Isotop
    10. (low in intensity)
    the traffic was quite \light es war kaum Verkehr
    it's only \light rain es nieselt nur
    \light breeze leichte Brise
    11. (easily disturbed)
    \light sleep leichter Schlaf
    to be a \light sleeper einen leichten Schlaf haben
    12. (easily done) nachsichtig, mild
    \light sentence mildes Urteil
    \light housework leichte Hausarbeit
    13. (gentle) leicht; kiss zart; (soft) touch sanft
    to have a \light touch MUS einen weichen Anschlag haben
    14. (graceful)
    \light building elegantes Gebäude
    \light figure anmutige Gestalt
    15. (not bold)
    \light type eine schlanke Schrifttype
    16. (not serious) leicht attr
    \light entertainment leichte Unterhaltung
    \light opera Operette f
    \light reading Unterhaltungslektüre f
    \light tone Plauderton m
    17. (cheerful) frohgemut poet
    with a \light heart leichten Herzens
    18. ( old: unchaste) leicht
    a \light girl ein leichtes Mädchen veraltend
    19.
    to be a bit \light in one's loafers AM (pej!) etwas weibische Züge haben pej
    to be \light on one's feet leichtfüßig sein
    to make \light of sth etw bagatellisieren [o fam herunterspielen]
    to make \light work of sth mit etw dat spielend fertigwerden
    to be \light on sth es an etw dat fehlen lassen
    II. adv
    1. (with little luggage)
    to travel \light mit leichtem Gepäck reisen
    2. (with no severe consequences)
    to get off \light glimpflich [o fam mit einem blauen Auge] davonkommen
    * * *
    I [laɪt] vb: pret, ptp lit or lighted
    1. n
    1) (in general) Licht nt

    by the light of a candle/the fire — im Schein einer Kerze/des Feuers

    at first light —

    to cast or throw or shed light on sth (lit) — etw beleuchten; (fig also) Licht in etw (acc) bringen

    the moon cast its silvery light on... — der Mond beleuchtete... silbern or warf sein silbernes Licht auf (+acc)...

    to see sb/sth in a different light — jdn/etw in einem anderen Licht sehen

    it showed him in a different light —

    the theory, seen in the light of recent discoveries — die Theorie im Licht(e) der neuesten Entdeckungen betrachtet

    in the light of what you say — in Anbetracht dessen, was Sie sagen

    to come to light —

    to see the light (liter) (= be born) (= be made public)das Licht der Welt erblicken (liter) veröffentlicht werden

    finally I saw the light (inf)endlich ging mir ein Licht auf (inf); (morally) endlich wurden mir die Augen geöffnet

    to see the light of day (report) — veröffentlicht werden; (project) verwirklicht werden

    2) Licht nt; (= lamp) Lampe f; (= fluorescent light) Neonröhre f

    put out the lights before you go to bedmach das Licht aus, bevor du ins Bett gehst

    the lights (of a car)

    lights out for the boys was at 8 pmum 20 Uhr mussten die Jungen das Licht ausmachen

    the lights are on but nobody's (at) home (fig inf) — er/sie ist geistig weggetreten (inf)

    3)

    (= flame) have you (got) a light? — haben Sie Feuer?

    to put a light to sth, to set light to sth — etw anzünden

    4) (ARCHIT) (Dach)fenster nt; (= skylight) Oberlicht nt
    5) (in eyes) Leuchten nt
    6)

    (= standards) according to his lights — nach bestem Wissen und Gewissen

    2. adj (+er)
    hell

    it's getting or growing light —

    3. vt
    1) (= illuminate) beleuchten; lamp, light anmachen

    to light the way for sb — jdm leuchten; (fig)

    2) (= ignite) anzünden; cigarette anstecken, anzünden; fire, candle anzünden, anmachen

    to light a fire under sb ( esp US fig )jdm Feuer unter dem Hintern machen (inf)

    4. vi
    (= begin to burn) brennen II
    1. adj (+er)
    leicht; taxes niedrig; punishment milde

    she has a very light touch on the pianosie hat einen sehr weichen Anschlag

    to be a light eater — wenig essen, kein großer Esser sein

    light comedyLustspiel nt, Schwank m

    a light and cheerful approach to life — eine unbeschwerte, fröhliche Einstellung zum Leben

    you shouldn't make light of her problemsdu solltest dich über ihre Probleme nicht lustig machen

    2. adv
    III sich niederlassen
    * * *
    light1 [laıt]
    A s
    1. Licht n, Helligkeit f:
    let there be light! BIBEL es werde Licht!;
    stand ( oder be) in sb’s light
    a) jemandem im Licht stehen,
    b) fig jemandem im Weg stehen;
    stand in one’s own light
    a) sich im Licht stehen,
    b) fig sich selbst im Weg stehen;
    get out of the light geh aus dem Licht!;
    he can see the light at the end of the tunnel fig er sieht Licht am Ende des Tunnels
    2. Licht n ( auch PHYS), Beleuchtung f:
    in subdued light bei gedämpftem Licht
    3. Licht n, Schein m:
    by the light of a candle beim Licht oder Schein einer Kerze, bei Kerzenschein
    4. a) Licht(quelle) n(f) (Sonne, Lampe, Kerze etc):
    hide one’s light under a bushel sein Licht unter den Scheffel stellen
    b) AUTO Scheinwerfer m: flash B 1
    5. Br meist pl (Verkehrs) Ampel f:
    jump ( oder shoot) the lights bei Rot über die Kreuzung fahren, ein Rotlicht überfahren;
    6. SCHIFF
    a) Leuchtfeuer n
    b) Leuchtturm m
    7. (Sonnen-, Tages)Licht n: I must finish my work while the light lasts solang(e) es noch hell ist;
    a) das Licht der Welt erblicken, geboren werden,
    b) fig herauskommen, auf den Markt kommen ( A 9, A 11);
    at first light bei Tagesanbruch;
    in the cold light of day ( oder dawn) fig bei Licht besehen oder betrachtet
    8. Tagesanbruch m:
    at light bei Tagesanbruch
    9. fig (Tages) Licht n:
    bring (come) to light ans Licht bringen (kommen);
    see the light (of day) bekannt oder veröffentlicht werden ( A 7, A 11)
    10. fig Licht n, Aspekt m:
    in the light of Br, in light of US unter dem Aspekt (gen), in Anbetracht (gen), angesichts (gen);
    I have never looked on the matter in that light von dieser Seite habe ich die Angelegenheit noch nie gesehen;
    put sth in its true light etwas ins rechte Licht rücken;
    reveal sth in a different light etwas in einem anderen Licht erscheinen lassen;
    see sth in a different light etwas mit anderen Augen sehen;
    show sth in a bad light ein schlechtes Licht auf eine Sache werfen
    11. fig Licht n, Erleuchtung f ( auch REL):
    cast ( oder shed, throw) light on sth
    a) Licht auf eine Sache werfen,
    b) zur Lösung oder Aufklärung einer Sache beitragen;
    a) zur Einsicht kommen,
    b) REL erleuchtet werden ( A 7, A 9);
    I saw the light mir ging ein Licht auf, mir gingen die Augen auf;
    by the light of nature mit den natürlichen Verstandeskräften
    12. pl Erkenntnisse pl, Informationen pl
    13. pl Wissen n, Verstand m, geistige Fähigkeiten pl:
    a) so gut er es eben versteht,
    b) nach seinen Grundsätzen oder Vorstellungen oder Maßstäben,
    c) für seine Verhältnisse
    14. MAL
    a) Licht n:
    b) Aufhellung f
    15. Glanz m, Leuchten n (der Augen):
    the light went out of her eyes der Glanz ihrer Augen erlosch
    16. Feuer n (zum Anzünden):
    have you got a light? haben Sie Feuer?;
    put a ( oder set) light to sth etwas anzünden oder in Brand stecken;
    strike a light ein Streichholz anzünden
    17. a) Fenster(scheibe) n(f)
    b) Dachfenster n
    18. fig Leuchte f, großes Licht (Person): leading light 2
    19. auch light of one’s eyes poet Augenlicht n
    20. pl sl Gucker pl (Augen)
    B adj hell, licht (Farbe, Raum etc):
    light hair helles Haar;
    a) Hellrot n,
    b) hellrot
    C v/t prät und pperf lighted, lit [lıt]
    1. auch light up ein Feuer, eine Lampe anzünden:
    he lit a cigarette er zündete sich eine Zigarette an
    2. be-, erleuchten, erhellen:
    light up hell beleuchten
    3. meist light up jemandes Augen etc aufleuchten lassen
    4. jemandem leuchten
    5. be lit up umg angeheitert sein:
    D v/i
    1. auch light up sich entzünden
    a) sich erhellen, hell werden,
    b) fig aufleuchten (Augen etc)
    a) Licht machen,
    b) die Straßenbeleuchtung einschalten,
    c) AUTO die Scheinwerfer einschalten
    4. light up umg sich eine (Zigarette etc) anzünden
    light2 [laıt]
    A adj (adv lightly)
    b) fig sorgenfrei; purse A 1
    2. (spezifisch) leicht:
    light metal Leichtmetall n
    3. light coin US Münze f mit zu geringem Edelmetallgehalt
    5. leicht (nicht tief):
    6. leicht, Unterhaltungs…:
    light literature Unterhaltungsliteratur f;
    light music leichte Musik, Unterhaltungsmusik f;
    light opera komische Oper, Spieloper f;
    light reading Unterhaltungslektüre f, leichte Lektüre
    7. leicht (geringfügig):
    a light eater ein schwacher Esser;
    a light error ein kleiner Irrtum;
    light traffic geringer Verkehr;
    no light matter keine Kleinigkeit;
    a) etwas auf die leichte Schulter nehmen,
    b) etwas verharmlosen oder bagatellisieren
    8. leicht:
    a) leicht verdaulich:
    a light meal eine leichte Mahlzeit
    b) mit geringem Alkohol- oder Nikotingehalt (Wein, Zigaretten etc)
    9. locker (Erde, Schnee etc):
    light bread leichtes oder locker gebackenes Brot
    10. leicht, sanft (Berührung etc)
    11. flink:
    be light on one’s feet flink auf den Beinen sein
    12. graziös, anmutig:
    13. a) unbeschwert, sorglos, heiter, fröhlich:
    with a light heart leichten Herzens
    b) leichtfertig, -sinnig
    c) unbeständig, flatterhaft
    d) unmoralisch:
    a light girl ein leichtes Mädchen
    14. be light in the head (leicht) benommen sein
    15. SCHIFF, MIL leicht (Artillerie, Kreuzer etc):
    in light marching order mit leichtem Marschgepäck
    16. a) leicht beladen
    b) unbeladen, leer, ohne Ladung:
    a light engine eine allein fahrende Lokomotive
    17. TECH leicht (gebaut), für leichte Beanspruchung, Leicht…:
    light plane Leichtflugzeug n;
    light current ELEK Schwachstrom m
    18. PHON
    a) unbetont, schwach betont (Silbe, Vokal)
    b) schwach (Betonung)
    c) hell, vorn im Mund artikuliert (Laut)
    B adv travel light mit leichtem Gepäck reisen
    light3 [laıt] prät und pperf lighted, lit [lıt] v/i
    1. obs oder poet (ab)steigen (from, off von)
    2. obs oder poet fallen (on auf akk):
    3. obs oder poet sich niederlassen (on auf dat):
    4. fig obs oder poet (zufällig) stoßen (on auf akk)
    5. fig obs oder poet fallen (on auf akk):
    6. light into sb umg über jemanden herfallen (auch mit Worten)
    7. light out umg verduften umg, verschwinden
    * * *
    I 1. noun
    1) Licht, das

    while the light lasts — solange es [noch] hell ist

    light of day(lit. or fig.) Tageslicht, das

    2) (electric lamp) Licht, das; (fitting) Lampe, die

    go out like a light(fig.) sofort weg sein (ugs.)

    3) (signal to ships) Leuchtfeuer, das
    4) in sing. or pl. (signal to traffic) Ampel, die
    5) (to ignite) Feuer, das

    put a/set light to something — etwas anzünden

    6)

    throw or shed light [up]on something — Licht in etwas (Akk.) bringen

    bring something to light — etwas ans [Tages]licht bringen; see also see 1. 1)

    7) in pl. (beliefs, abilities)

    according to one's lights — nach bestem Wissen [und Gewissen]

    put somebody in a good/bad light — jemanden in einem guten/schlechten Licht erscheinen lassen

    2. adjective

    light-blue/-brown — etc. hellblau/-braun usw

    3. transitive verb,
    1) (ignite) anzünden
    2) (illuminate) erhellen

    light somebody's/one's way — jemandem/sich leuchten

    4. intransitive verb,
    lit or lighted [Feuer, Zigarette:] brennen, sich anzünden lassen
    Phrasal Verbs:
    II 1. adjective

    [for] light relief — [als] kleine Abwechslung

    3) (not important) leicht
    4) (nimble) leicht [Schritt, Bewegungen]

    have light fingers (steal) gern lange Finger machen (ugs.)

    5) (easily borne) leicht [Krankheit, Strafe]; gering [Steuern]; mild [Strafe]
    6)

    with a light heart (carefree) leichten od. frohen Herzens

    7)

    feel light in the head (giddy) leicht benommen sein

    2. adverb

    travel lightmit wenig od. leichtem Gepäck reisen

    III intransitive verb,
    lit or lighted (come by chance)

    light [up]on something — auf etwas (Akk.) kommen od. stoßen

    * * *
    adj.
    blond adj.
    erhellen adj.
    hell adj.
    leicht adj. n.
    Licht -er n.
    Lichtschein m.
    Schein -e m. v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: lit)
    = anzünden v.
    beleuchten v.
    erleuchten v.

    English-german dictionary > light

  • 19 πίστις

    πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).
    the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.
    a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.
    a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.
    state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.
    God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.
    Christ
    α. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.
    β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus2 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.
    πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.
    πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitment
    α. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.
    β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit2 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.
    γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)
    δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.
    ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).
    ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.
    that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.3 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίστις

  • 20 material

    adj.
    1 physical.
    2 real, actual (real).
    3 material, bodily.
    m.
    1 material (sustancia).
    material de desecho waste material
    2 equipment (instrumentos).
    material bélico war material
    materiales de construcción building materials
    material escolar school materials
    material de guerra war material
    material de oficina office stationery
    3 cloth, material.
    * * *
    1 (en general) material; (físico) physical
    2 (real) real
    1 (sustancia) material
    2 (conjunto de cosas) material, materials plural, equipment
    3 (datos, información) material
    \
    material escolar teaching material(s)
    material de guerra war material
    material de oficina office stationery
    materiales de construcción building materials
    materiales de desecho waste material sing
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. adj.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [ayuda, valor etc] material
    2) (=físico) physical

    daños materiales — physical damage, damage to property

    3) (=real)

    la imposibilidad material de... — the physical impossibility of...

    2. SM
    1) (=materia) material
    2) (=equipo) equipment

    material bélico, material de guerra — war material, military equipment

    material móvil, material rodante — rolling stock

    3) (Tip) copy
    4) * (=cuero) leather
    5)

    de material LAm made of bricks, brick-built

    * * *
    I
    a) <necesidades/ayuda/valor> material

    daños materiales — damage to property, material damage

    b) <autor/causante> actual
    II
    1) (elemento, sustancia) material
    2)
    a) ( útiles) materials (pl)
    b) (datos, documentos, etc) material
    * * *
    I
    a) <necesidades/ayuda/valor> material

    daños materiales — damage to property, material damage

    b) <autor/causante> actual
    II
    1) (elemento, sustancia) material
    2)
    a) ( útiles) materials (pl)
    b) (datos, documentos, etc) material
    * * *
    material1
    1 = equipment, material, matter, stuff, fare, infrastructure, fodder, material.

    Ex: A post-coordinate index depends upon specialised equipment and storage devices.

    Ex: It is my understanding that the Anglo-American Cataloging Rules, 2nd edition, (AACR2) will prescribe the same entry rules for all materials.
    Ex: A plate is a leaf containing illustrative matter, with or without explanatory text, that does not form part of either the preliminary or the main sequences of pages or leaves.
    Ex: Rehyping old stuff as if it were new is not only annoyingly deceptive but doesn't sell any books to suspicious customers.
    Ex: Children seek education deliberately when they use the library to do their homework while many of the other borrowers are looking for recreational fare.
    Ex: Priority sectors are in energy, industry and infrastructure.
    Ex: The diverse range of perspectives represented provides fodder for lively debates.
    Ex: The material in the exhibition is organized into four thematic sections: objects used in daily life, funerary rites, religious items, and works of art.
    * archivero especializado en material audiovisual = audiovisual archivist.
    * basado en material impreso = print-based.
    * bibliotecario especializado en material audiovisual = audiovisual librarian.
    * biblioteconomía especializada en el material audiovisual = audiovisual librarianship.
    * buscar material = pursue + material.
    * catalogación de material no librario = non-book cataloguing.
    * censurar material = challenge + materials.
    * censuras a los materiales = challenges to materials.
    * centrado en el material impreso = print-centred [print-centered, -USA].
    * centro de material didáctico escolar = school resource centre.
    * ciencias de los materiales = materials sciences.
    * ciencia y tecnología de los materiales = materials science and technology.
    * colocación del material de vuelta en los estantes = shelving.
    * Conferencia Panafricana sobre Preservacion y Conservación de Material Bibli = Pan-African Conference on the Preservation and Conservation of Library and Archival Materials.
    * desarrollo de material educativo = instructional development.
    * editor de material electrónico = electronic publisher [e-publisher].
    * editor de material multimedia = multimedia publisher.
    * envío de material = freight forwarding.
    * fondos de material audiovisual = AV holdings.
    * frecuencia de préstamo del material = turnover rate.
    * imprenta de material efímero = jobbing house, jobbing office, jobbing printer.
    * inmovilizado material = tangible assets.
    * ISBD(A) (Descripción Bibliográfica Normalizada Internacional - material anti = ISBD(A) (International Standard Bibliographic Description - Antiquarian).
    * material anejo = accompanying material.
    * material audiovisual = a-v material, audiovisual item, audiovisual material, AV material, audiovisual aids, audiovisual media.
    * material bibliotecario = library stock, library materials.
    * material cartográfico = cartographic material.
    * material complementario = accompanying material.
    * material con copyright = copyright material, copyrighted material.
    * material crítico = critical matter.
    * material de archivo = archival material, archive material.
    * material de arte = art material.
    * material de ayuda = help pack.
    * material de construcción = building material.
    * material de empaste = filling material.
    * material de encuadernación = covering material.
    * material de enseñanza programada = programmed material.
    * material de estudio = study material, course material, curriculum material, curriculum resource, study package.
    * material de fondo = backing.
    * material del centro de recursos = resource centre material.
    * material del curso = course material, curriculum material, curriculum resource.
    * material de lectura = reading material, reading matter.
    * material de lectura para adultos = adult reading matter.
    * material del rodillo = roller stock.
    * material de ocio = entertainment material.
    * material de oficina = office equipment, office supplies.
    * material de papelería = printing supplies.
    * material de referencia = reference material.
    * material de relleno = filler.
    * material de reserva = reserve stock.
    * material de tamaño mayor de lo normal = outsize material.
    * material didáctico = teaching material, learning materials, course material, curriculum material, study package, instructional material.
    * material didáctico de apoyo = study aide.
    * material didáctico entregado en clase = class handout.
    * material digital = digital media.
    * material docente = study material.
    * material documental de interés para los vecinos del barrio = community literature.
    * material donado de segunda mano = hand-me-down material.
    * material editado por el propio autor = self-published material.
    * material educativo = study material, teaching material, learning materials, study package, instructional material.
    * material efímero = ephemera, ephemeral, fugitive material, ephemeral material.
    * material electrónico = electronic material [e-material], online material.
    * materiales menores = minor materials.
    * material fotográfico = photographic material.
    * material genético = genetic material.
    * material gráfico = graphic material.
    * material histórico = historical material.
    * material impreso = print, print media, print material, offline material, printed material.
    * material inflamable = flammable material.
    * material informativo = information material.
    * material multimedia = media material, media title.
    * material no bibliográfico = non-book material.
    * material no devuelto = non-return.
    * material no impreso = non-print [nonprint], non-print media.
    * material no librario = non-book material.
    * material oculto = buried material.
    * material para adultos = adult materials.
    * material polémico = challenged materials.
    * material procedente del dragado = dredged material.
    * material protegido por el derecho de autor = copyright material, copyrighted material.
    * material publicitario = publicity material, advertising material.
    * material que no es revista científica = non-journal material.
    * material radioactivo = radioactive material.
    * material reflectante = reflective material.
    * material renovable = renewable material.
    * material reprográfico = reprographic equipment.
    * material táctil = tactile material.
    * material técnico = technical equipment.
    * material tecnológico = technological equipment.
    * material termoplástico = thermoplastic.
    * material tipográfico = typographical equipment.
    * material y equipos de oficina = office supply and equipment.
    * orientado hacia el material impreso = print-centred [print-centered, -USA].
    * paquete de material didáctico = training package.
    * petición de material = material-finding enquiry.
    * plan de adquisición de material a vista = approval plan.
    * preservar material = preserve + material.
    * presupuesto para adquisición de material = capital budget.
    * presupuesto para la compra de material = materials budget.
    * proveedor de material de oficina = office supplier.
    * proveedor de materiales = materials vendor.
    * recoger material = gather + material.
    * reunir material = gather + material.
    * sala de material audiovisual = audiovisual room.
    * selección de material = materials selection.
    * suministrar material de equipo = supply + equipment.
    * suministro de material multimedia = media supply.
    * trabajo de impresión de material efímero = ephemeral jobbing.
    * trabajos de impresión de material efímero = jobbing work.
    * transporte de material = freight forwarding.
    * venta de material impreso = print sale.

    material2
    2 = artifactual, material.

    Ex: Unless the filmed material is deemed of high artistic or artifactual value, it is subsequently pulped.

    Ex: His paintings suggest the possibility that material things can be transformed to accommodate a transcendent and spiritual vision.
    * beneficio material = material benefit.
    * causar daño material = cause + material injury.
    * daño material = material damage.
    * daño no material = immaterial damage.
    * mundo material = material world.
    * objeto material = material object.

    * * *
    1 ‹necesidades/ayuda› material; ‹valor› material
    los daños materiales eran graves the damage to property o the material damage was serious
    está muy apegado a los bienes materiales he is very materialistic, he cares a lot about material possessions
    2
    (uso enfático): no tengo tiempo material para cosértelo I really don't have time to sew it for you
    ante la imposibilidad material de asistir al acto since it was quite impossible for her to attend the ceremony
    3 ‹autor/causante› actual
    A
    1 (elemento, sustancia) material
    es un material muy flexible it is a very flexible material
    2
    ( RPl) ( Const): de material brick ( before n)
    Compuesto:
    ( ant); plastic
    B
    1 (útiles) materials (pl)
    2 (datos, documentos, etc) material
    está reuniendo material para el artículo she is collecting material for the article
    Compuestos:
    ( period); military equipment
    material de demoliciones or derribo
    reclaimed o secondhand building materials (pl)
    (probetas, retortas, etc) laboratory apparatus; (sustancias químicas) laboratory materials (pl)
    office stationery
    teaching materials (pl)
    school materials (pl), school things (pl) ( colloq)
    (papel, películas) photographic materials (pl); (lentes, filtros) photographic equipment
    material móvil or rodante
    rolling stock
    * * *

     

    material adjetivo
    a)necesidades/ayuda/valor material;

    daños materiales damage to property, material damage

    b)autor/causante actual

    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) material;

    2 ( útiles) materials (pl);

    material didáctico/escolar teaching/school materials (pl)
    material
    I adj (no espiritual) material, physical
    bienes materiales, material goods
    II sustantivo masculino material
    material informático, computer materials pl
    ' material' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absorbente
    - bélica
    - bélico
    - concha
    - corcho
    - de
    - empeñar
    - ser
    - flexible
    - heredar
    - hule
    - laminar
    - legar
    - legado
    - materia
    - ofimática
    - ordinaria
    - ordinario
    - oscurecer
    - oscurecerse
    - paño
    - penetrar
    - pintura
    - rígida
    - rigidez
    - rígido
    - ruda
    - rudo
    - sintética
    - sintético
    - sólida
    - solidez
    - sólido
    - tartán
    - tela
    - térmica
    - térmico
    - tolerancia
    - tratamiento
    - alambrada
    - algodón
    - apego
    - caída
    - carey
    - cartón
    - contraer
    - corte
    - cuadro
    - elasticidad
    - elástico
    English:
    ancillary
    - artwork
    - bronze
    - creature
    - effluent
    - equipment
    - flammable
    - flint
    - furnish
    - material
    - matter
    - perish
    - physical
    - raw material
    - resilience
    - resilient
    - rolling stock
    - stuff
    - supply
    - teaching materials
    - unrefined
    - comfort
    - deteriorate
    - earthenware
    - fencing
    - flaw
    - flimsy
    - glass
    - heavy
    - hokum
    - hole
    - impervious
    - inflexible
    - itchy
    - ivory
    - literature
    - making
    - man
    - oddment
    - of
    - over
    - padding
    - paper
    - plaid
    - pliable
    - pulp
    - raw
    - robust
    - rubbery
    - shape
    * * *
    adj
    1. [físico] physical;
    [consecuencias] material;
    los daños materiales fueron cuantiosos the physical damage o damage to property was considerable;
    el objeto robado no tenía ningún valor material the stolen object had no material o financial value
    2. [real] real, actual;
    el autor material del asesinato the person actually responsible for carrying out the murder;
    no hay tiempo material para discutir el problema there's simply no time to discuss the problem
    nm
    1. [sustancia] material
    material de desecho waste material;
    material genético genetic material;
    material refractario heat-resistant o fireproof material
    2. [datos, información] material;
    no hay suficiente material como para escribir una novela there isn't enough material to write a novel
    3. [instrumentos] equipment
    material audiovisual audiovisual equipment and material;
    material bélico military equipment;
    materiales de construcción building materials;
    material deportivo sports equipment;
    material didáctico teaching materials;
    material escolar school materials;
    material fotográfico photographic equipment;
    material fungible [desechable] disposable materials;
    Informát [cartuchos, disquetes] consumables;
    material de guerra war material;
    material de laboratorio laboratory materials;
    material de oficina office supplies
    4. Esp Fam [droga] gear, merchandise
    5. RP
    de material [de obra] built of brick, brick-built;
    una casa de material a house built of brick, a brick-built house
    * * *
    m/adj material
    * * *
    1) : material, physical, real
    2)
    daños materiales : property damage
    1) : material
    material de construcción: building material
    2) equipo: equipment, gear
    * * *
    1. (sustancia) material
    2. (equipo) equipment

    Spanish-English dictionary > material

См. также в других словарях:

  • Spiritual transformation — is the act of transforming the deepest aspects of the human spirit via a self induced or divine act.ee also*Integral transformative practice *Transpersonal psychology *Sivananda *MeditationThe Way of Spiritual Transformationby Hieromonk… …   Wikipedia

  • Spiritual Exercises of Saint Ignatius — • A short work composed by St. Ignatius of Loyola and written originally in Spanish Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Spiritual Exercises of Saint Ignatius     Spiritual Exercises of Saint Ignatius …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Spiritual evolution — is the philosophical, theological, esoteric or spiritual idea that nature and human beings and/or human culture evolve along a predetermined cosmological pattern or ascent, or in accordance with certain pre determined potentials.This… …   Wikipedia

  • Spiritual Direction — • Personal guidance according to individual needs. Criticizes excesses at both ends of the spectrum: heavyhanded directors, and people who think that since they have the Holy Spirit they have no need of human help Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Spiritual reading — is a practice of reading books and articles about spirituality with the purpose of growing in holiness. Spiritual reading is devoted to the reading of lives of saints, writings of Doctors and the Fathers of the Church, theological works written… …   Wikipedia

  • Spiritual marriage — comes from the idea of love without sex. It is a practice in which a man and a woman live intimately without having any sexual relationship. It has been known throughout all cultures as a bond of a man and a woman with its only reason being the… …   Wikipedia

  • Spiritual intelligence — is a term used to discern a suite or set of propensities comprising: perceptions, intuitions, cognitions, etc., related to spirituality and/or religiosity. It has been discredited by its detractors as pseudoscientificFact|date=November 2007… …   Wikipedia

  • Man (band) — Man Origin Merthyr Tydfil, South Wales Genres Progressive rock Pub rock Years active 1968–1976 1983–present Associated acts Dire Straits …   Wikipedia

  • Man's Search for Meaning — Man s Search For Meaning: An Introduction to Logotherapy   …   Wikipedia

  • MAN, THE NATURE OF — IN THE BIBLE Names of Man The idea of man is expressed in the Bible by a number of words that reflect various aspects of his nature. The following are the most important. ʾADAM: collective, men, human beings, also (in prose, with the article)… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Spiritual Exercises of Ignatius of Loyola — The Spiritual Exercises of Ignatius of Loyola, (written within 1522 1524) are a brief set of meditations, prayers and mental exercises, available in various book formats, designed to be carried out over a period of 28 to 30 days. The book is… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»